WO2023205379A1 - Tablet press compression tooling assembly for the formation of soft-chew tablets and related methods - Google Patents
Tablet press compression tooling assembly for the formation of soft-chew tablets and related methods Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023205379A1 WO2023205379A1 PCT/US2023/019340 US2023019340W WO2023205379A1 WO 2023205379 A1 WO2023205379 A1 WO 2023205379A1 US 2023019340 W US2023019340 W US 2023019340W WO 2023205379 A1 WO2023205379 A1 WO 2023205379A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- tablet
- soft
- sifted
- batch quantity
- mixture
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 198
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 title claims description 43
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 title claims description 42
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title description 47
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 156
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 155
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 claims abstract 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 claims description 124
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 claims description 111
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 claims description 87
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 67
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 50
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 claims description 40
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 claims description 31
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 229920002774 Maltodextrin Polymers 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000005913 Maltodextrin Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 229940035034 maltodextrin Drugs 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004902 Softening Agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000845 maltitol Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000010449 maltitol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000006068 taste-masking agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 abstract description 408
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 abstract description 42
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 368
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 335
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 126
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 116
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 87
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 71
- SONNWYBIRXJNDC-VIFPVBQESA-N phenylephrine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 SONNWYBIRXJNDC-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 68
- 229960001802 phenylephrine Drugs 0.000 description 68
- 239000004376 Sucralose Substances 0.000 description 66
- 235000019408 sucralose Nutrition 0.000 description 66
- BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N sucralose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](Cl)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@]1(CCl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CCl)O1 BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N 0.000 description 66
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 53
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- 229940082483 carnauba wax Drugs 0.000 description 53
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 51
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 51
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 51
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 51
- KBAUFVUYFNWQFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Doxylamine succinate Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O.C=1C=CC=NC=1C(C)(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 KBAUFVUYFNWQFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 229960005008 doxylamine succinate Drugs 0.000 description 50
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 49
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 46
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 235000012907 honey Nutrition 0.000 description 34
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 32
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 32
- 235000021028 berry Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- MKXZASYAUGDDCJ-SZMVWBNQSA-N LSM-2525 Chemical compound C1CCC[C@H]2[C@@]3([H])N(C)CC[C@]21C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C3 MKXZASYAUGDDCJ-SZMVWBNQSA-N 0.000 description 28
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 229960001985 dextromethorphan Drugs 0.000 description 28
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 26
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 26
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- SRGKFVAASLQVBO-BTJKTKAUSA-N brompheniramine maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C=1C=CC=NC=1C(CCN(C)C)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 SRGKFVAASLQVBO-BTJKTKAUSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 229960003108 brompheniramine maleate Drugs 0.000 description 24
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 24
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 229960005489 paracetamol Drugs 0.000 description 23
- AEQDJSLRWYMAQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,9,10-tetramethoxy-6,8,13,13a-tetrahydro-5H-isoquinolino[2,1-b]isoquinoline Chemical compound C1CN2CC(C(=C(OC)C=C3)OC)=C3CC2C2=C1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C2 AEQDJSLRWYMAQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 22
- 235000012207 sodium gluconate Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 239000000176 sodium gluconate Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229940005574 sodium gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 19
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- ILRKKHJEINIICQ-OOFFSTKBSA-N Monoammonium glycyrrhizinate Chemical compound N.O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C=C4[C@@H]5C[C@](C)(CC[C@@]5(CC[C@@]4(C)[C@]3(C)CC[C@H]2C1(C)C)C)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O ILRKKHJEINIICQ-OOFFSTKBSA-N 0.000 description 18
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N maltitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 17
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-[4,5,6-trihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound OCC1OC(OC2C(O)C(O)C(O)OC2CO)C(O)C(O)C1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 235000013927 calcium gluconate Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 239000004227 calcium gluconate Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229960004494 calcium gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 16
- NEEHYRZPVYRGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanoate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O NEEHYRZPVYRGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- 229940084030 carboxymethylcellulose calcium Drugs 0.000 description 16
- AMTWCFIAVKBGOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;methoxy-dimethyl-trimethylsilyloxysilane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.CO[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C AMTWCFIAVKBGOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229940083037 simethicone Drugs 0.000 description 16
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 15
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 15
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- SPCKHVPPRJWQRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzhydryloxy-n,n-dimethylethanamine;2-hydroxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 SPCKHVPPRJWQRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000004255 Butylated hydroxyanisole Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 13
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000004384 Neotame Substances 0.000 description 13
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 229960000520 diphenhydramine Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 235000019412 neotame Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- HLIAVLHNDJUHFG-HOTGVXAUSA-N neotame Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCN[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HLIAVLHNDJUHFG-HOTGVXAUSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 108010070257 neotame Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 12
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 12
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 11
- -1 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 229940075534 amino methacrylate copolymer Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 229940124274 edetate disodium Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 235000019629 palatability Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 8
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 244000223760 Cinnamomum zeylanicum Species 0.000 description 7
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000017803 cinnamon Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 7
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guaifenesin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(O)CO HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229960002146 guaifenesin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940057917 medium chain triglycerides Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229920004943 Delrin® Polymers 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 4
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011436 cob Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000002634 Solanum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000207763 Solanum Species 0.000 description 3
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 3
- CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylated hydroxyanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1C(C)(C)C CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940043253 butylated hydroxyanisole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940040682 calcium gluconate monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- XLNFVCRGJZBQGX-XRDLMGPZSA-L calcium;(2r,3s,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanoate;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O XLNFVCRGJZBQGX-XRDLMGPZSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007542 hardness measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethanol Chemical compound OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1Cl CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000675108 Citrus tangerina Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010068370 Glutens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001908 Hydrogenated starch hydrolysate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004368 Modified starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Polydextrose Polymers OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100269437 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) AHC1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010073771 Soybean Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyl citrate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCCCC)CC(=O)OCCCC ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000009499 Vanilla fragrans Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000263375 Vanilla tahitensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000012036 Vanilla tahitensis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000007544 Whey Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010046377 Whey Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000007244 Zea mays Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WHMDKBIGKVEYHS-IYEMJOQQSA-L Zinc gluconate Chemical compound [Zn+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O WHMDKBIGKVEYHS-IYEMJOQQSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940096516 dextrates Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl phthalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930003935 flavonoid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000017173 flavonoids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002215 flavonoids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021312 gluten Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940059904 light mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940099690 malic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002906 microbiologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005445 natural material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009516 primary packaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003885 sodium benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002668 sodium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940001941 soy protein Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODLHGICHYURWBS-LKONHMLTSA-N trappsol cyclo Chemical compound CC(O)COC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)COCC(O)C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1COCC(C)O ODLHGICHYURWBS-LKONHMLTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011670 zinc gluconate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011478 zinc gluconate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960000306 zinc gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YQSHYGCCYVPRDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-propan-2-ylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(CN)C=C1 YQSHYGCCYVPRDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SERLAGPUMNYUCK-DCUALPFSSA-N 1-O-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl-D-mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SERLAGPUMNYUCK-DCUALPFSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIVCELMLGDGMKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dichloro-6-methylpyridine-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(Cl)=C(C(O)=O)C(Cl)=N1 CIVCELMLGDGMKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000001674 Agaricus brunnescens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000099147 Ananas comosus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007119 Ananas comosus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004936 Bromus mango Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LVDKZNITIUWNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bronopol Chemical compound OCC(Br)(CO)[N+]([O-])=O LVDKZNITIUWNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000011632 Caseins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076119 Caseins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000241235 Citrullus lanatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012828 Citrullus lanatus var citroides Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibutyl decanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016623 Fragaria vesca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000009088 Fragaria x ananassa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011363 Fragaria x ananassa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014826 Mangifera indica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007228 Mangifera indica Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000005561 Musa balbisiana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000018290 Musa x paradisiaca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019482 Palm oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000148 Polycarbophil calcium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001100 Polydextrose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010009736 Protein Hydrolysates Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000007651 Rubus glaucus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011034 Rubus glaucus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000009122 Rubus idaeus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100269438 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) AHC2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000009184 Spondias indica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000228451 Stevia rebaudiana Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009470 Theobroma cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009754 Vitis X bourquina Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012333 Vitis X labruscana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000006365 Vitis vinifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014787 Vitis vinifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005862 Whey Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011354 acetal resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003470 adrenal cortex hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-SLPGGIOYSA-N aldehydo-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000921 anthelmintic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124339 anthelmintic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003208 anti-thyroid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002111 antiemetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125683 antiemetic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003096 antiparasitic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003904 antiprotozoal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002948 appetite stimulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003168 bronopol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940067596 butylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000828 canola oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019519 canola oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005473 carotenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001746 carotenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002798 cetrimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940068682 chewable tablet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002242 chlorocresol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004106 citric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001688 coating polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940013361 cresol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003782 dextromethorphan hydrobromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000525 diphenhydramine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006806 disease prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007908 dry granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004049 embossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001617 ethyl hydroxybenzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010228 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004403 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003777 experimental drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002598 fumaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidurea Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)N(CO)C1NC(=O)NCNC(=O)NC1C(=O)NC(=O)N1CO ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113174 imidurea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005414 inactive ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000905 isomalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010439 isomalt Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPIGCVXMBGOWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isomaltol Natural products CC(=O)C=1OC=CC=1O HPIGCVXMBGOWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000944 linseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021388 linseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000869 magnesium oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940035436 maltitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940042472 mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- ODLHGICHYURWBS-FOSILIAISA-N molport-023-220-444 Chemical compound CC(O)COC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)O[C@@H]2O[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O3)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2O)COCC(O)C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]3O[C@H]1COCC(C)O ODLHGICHYURWBS-FOSILIAISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007908 nanoemulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021096 natural sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002353 niosome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021436 nutraceutical agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011022 operating instruction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002540 palm oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003921 particle size analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021400 peanut butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OCYSGIYOVXAGKQ-FVGYRXGTSA-N phenylephrine hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 OCYSGIYOVXAGKQ-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003733 phenylephrine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940067107 phenylethyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950005134 polycarbophil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013856 polydextrose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001259 polydextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035035 polydextrose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940057847 polyethylene glycol 600 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008442 polyphenolic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013824 polyphenols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012254 powdered material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- HELXLJCILKEWJH-NCGAPWICSA-N rebaudioside A Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)O[C@]12C(=C)C[C@@]3(C1)CC[C@@H]1[C@@](C)(CCC[C@]1([C@@H]3CC2)C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HELXLJCILKEWJH-NCGAPWICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- XWGJFPHUCFXLBL-UHFFFAOYSA-M rongalite Chemical compound [Na+].OCS([O-])=O XWGJFPHUCFXLBL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000010668 rosemary oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940058206 rosemary oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940080237 sodium caseinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JXKPEJDQGNYQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium propionate Chemical compound [Na+].CCC([O-])=O JXKPEJDQGNYQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010334 sodium propionate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004324 sodium propionate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003212 sodium propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940080313 sodium starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005063 solubilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007928 solubilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008347 soybean phospholipid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009494 specialized coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010678 thyme oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019149 tocopherols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical class [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005550 wet granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021119 whey protein Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QUEDXNHFTDJVIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N γ-tocopherol Chemical class OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1 QUEDXNHFTDJVIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J3/00—Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms
- A61J3/10—Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms into the form of compressed tablets
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/26—Carbohydrates, e.g. sugar alcohols, amino sugars, nucleic acids, mono-, di- or oligo-saccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates, sorbitan fatty acid esters or glycyrrhizin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
- A61K47/36—Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
- A61K47/38—Cellulose; Derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0056—Mouth soluble or dispersible forms; Suckable, eatable, chewable coherent forms; Forms rapidly disintegrating in the mouth; Lozenges; Lollipops; Bite capsules; Baked products; Baits or other oral forms for animals
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B30—PRESSES
- B30B—PRESSES IN GENERAL
- B30B15/00—Details of, or accessories for, presses; Auxiliary measures in connection with pressing
- B30B15/02—Dies; Inserts therefor; Mounting thereof; Moulds
- B30B15/022—Moulds for compacting material in powder, granular of pasta form
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B30—PRESSES
- B30B—PRESSES IN GENERAL
- B30B15/00—Details of, or accessories for, presses; Auxiliary measures in connection with pressing
- B30B15/06—Platens or press rams
- B30B15/065—Press rams
Definitions
- the present invention relates to products and processes for the manufacture of soft- chewable tablet pharmaceutical, or nutritional, dosage forms for the oral administration of active pharmaceutical ingredients or nutritional agents.
- Chewable pharmaceutical dosage units such as chewable tablets and soft-chewable tablets, are known and have been commercialized for use with pediatric, geriatric, and involuntary patient populations. Such dosage forms have also been used for subjects that, by instinct, will not accept medication meant to be swallowed. Chewable tablets are also useful with competent patients as an alternative to tablets or capsules that must be swallowed whole. The formulation of a drug into a chewable dosage form can increase patient acceptance of a medication in patients that resist or are unable to swallow conventional tablets or capsules.
- Oral dosage forms such as chewable compressed tablets, formulated using conventional ingredients tend to be gritty or otherwise unappealing to many patients.
- tablets compressed on a compression machine are formulated to produce tablets having a hardness of more than ten kiloponds (10 kp). Tablets having lower hardness levels (i.e., less than 10 kp) are often discouraged by the prior art to enable formation of tablets having friability values within acceptable ranges.
- a process for manufacturing soft-chewable dosage form for drug delivery is described in U.S. Patent No. 6,387,381. It discloses a soft-chewable medication vehicle for drug delivery of an active ingredient to animal or human subjects, not containing ingredients of animal origin, without the use of heat and without the addition of water.
- the formed mixture was formed into individual chunks using a Formax F6TM molding machine with dies for production of chunk-like shapes, and packaged for storage.
- Machines for the production of molded food patties have been described as being useful for the manufacturing of soft-chews for administration to non-human animals.
- Such machines arc molding machines that have been originally developed for use in producing molded food products, for example the Formax F6TM molding machine made by the Formax Corporation.
- a wide range of tablet presses are used in the pharmaceutical industry to compress one or more ingredients into a solid dosage form (i.e., a tablet). More particularly, a mixture of pharmaceutical ingredients (tablet formulation), often in the form of granules, is introduced to a tablet press.
- the tablet formulation is fed, often by a hopper, to a die cavity where metered amounts of the formulation are compressed within a die bore.
- an upper punch and a lower punch are arranged above and below the die bore. Once the desired amount of tablet formulation is in the die, the upper and lower punches are moved toward each other to compress the tablet formulation within the die bore to the shape of a tablet.
- a common problem during the tablet compression process is sticking.
- Sticking occurs when some of the tablet formulation being compressed attaches and sticks to the compression tooling (e.g., the punch tip/face and/or the wall of the die bore). Sticking results in defective tablets having cavities and/or other unwanted irregularities on the outer surfaces.
- Picking is a specific type of sticking that refers to granules or particles of the tablet formulation sticking on the compression tooling due to embossing (e.g., break lines, letters, numbers, logos, etc.) on the face of the punch tips, such as the letter or numerals of the tablet logo or identifier.
- Known means of preventing sticking include decreasing the moisture content of the tablet formulation (decreasing the moisture content of the granules), adding lubricating agents and/or anti-sticking agents to the tablet formulation, controlling the humidity and/or temperature of the working environment, polishing the compression tooling, and/or using compression tooling with a specialized coating.
- known anti- sticking means arc not effective for all tablet formulations.
- some soft-chew tablet formulations e.g., soft-chew granules
- Many known antisticking means do not effectively prevent sticking with such soft-chew formulations, and others cannot be used without compromising the desired characteristics of the soft-chew tablet to be formed (i.e., hardness, friability, etc.).
- the present invention overcomes the disadvantages and shortcomings of known chewable dosage forms, and known processes for making the same, by providing a simplified process for manufacturing soft-chewable dosage units using conventional pharmaceutical equipment and compression techniques (e.g., a rotary tablet press).
- Dosage forms of the present invention include palatable, soft-chewable pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration to an involuntary subject population (e.g., very young children, senile patients, animals, etc.) that includes a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutically active ingredient, in an immediate or controlled release form, and a palatability improving agent in an amount sufficient to make the pharmaceutical composition palatable to the subject population.
- an involuntary subject population e.g., very young children, senile patients, animals, etc.
- a palatability improving agent in an amount sufficient to make the pharmaceutical composition palatable to the subject population.
- the phrase “involuntary subject population” is defined as patients who cannot be conventionally instructed to chew and/or swallow conventional hard chew tablets or capsules.
- the texture of a chewable dosage form is an important factor in the acceptance of oral dosage forms by patients in need of medication.
- Soft-chewable tablets having a soft texture, pleasant mouthfeel, and palatable taste with adequate flavoring agents, provide a solution to such problems.
- these features can address the problem of the disagreeable taste of many active pharmaceutical ingredients.
- the soft-chew dosage forms of the present invention are formulated to address texture problems attributed to the dry, dusty, granular, and pulverant nature of many pharmaceutical ingredients.
- the soft-chewable pharmaceutical dosage units (soft-chew tablets) of the present invention arc solid at room temperature and have lower hardness and higher moisture content relative to conventional tablets or hard-chew tablets.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a soft texture, low hardness, are designed to be chewed and swallowed, and will not appreciably dissolve in the mouth of the patient.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention exhibit a plastic rheological behavior and can be formed into many different shapes using a wide range of manufacturing processes. After formation, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are dimensionally stable.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are prepared using conventional methods, such as wet or dry granulation processes.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are formulated using pharmaceutical grade ingredients.
- soft-chew tablets of the prior art can be manufactured more efficiently, reliably, and consistently, using a tablet press.
- the compressed soft-chew dosage forms of the present invention have hardness values of less than 2 kp, or may have hardness values of less than 1 kp, or may have no measurable hardness when measured with a tablet hardness tester.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention exhibit friability values of less than 1.0%, or less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% when determined in accordance with the USP friability test at 100-rotations, 200-rotations, or 300-rotations.
- Certain aspects of the present invention relate to a tablet compression tooling that provides an anti-sticking means for tablet formulations that are sticky and/or necessarily moist.
- the tablet compression tool assembly includes an upper punch, a lower punch, and a die.
- FTG. 1 is a side perspective view of a tablet compression tool assembly configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
- FIG. 3 is an enlarged, partially sectioned cross-sectional view of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
- FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective of the upper punch portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
- FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective of the lower punch portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
- FIG. 6 is a perspective of the die portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
- FIG. 7 is a side perspective view of a tablet compression tool assembly configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the unit symbol “%w/w” means percent-by-weight, the amount/concentration of one or more components in a group of components, which can be calculated by dividing the numerical value for the mass of one or more components in a group of components by the numerical value for the mass of all of the components in the group and multiplying the quotient by 100;
- the unit symbol “°C” means degree(s) in Celsius, a unit of temperature on the Celsius scale;
- the phrase “active agent” means an active ingredient;
- the phrase “active ingredient” means an active pharmaceutical ingredient or a nutritional agent (an active ingredient may be in granular form and coated, or further coated, with a suitable coating.
- the coating could be a coating polymer that coats and protects the active ingredient, or masks an offensive taste and/or offensive odor.
- the coating could be a functional coating (e.g., an extended-release coating, delayed-release coating, controlled-release coating, barrier coating, or a combination thereof));
- the phrase “active pharmaceutical ingredient” means a substance used in a pharmaceutical dosage form, intended to furnish pharmacological activity or to otherwise have direct effect in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease, and substances that have, or are thought to have, a direct effect in restoring, correcting, or modifying physiological functions in a patient population (an active pharmaceutical ingredient may include any approved or experimental drug.
- the pharmaceutically active ingredient may be selected from an anesthetic agent, anthelmintic agent, analgesic agent, steroid, corticosteroid agent, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) agent, antiemetic agent, anti- thyroidal agent, parasiticidal agent, appetite stimulant, antihistamine agent, antifungal agent, antiprotozoal agent, or anti-depressant);
- NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
- API means active pharmaceutical ingredient
- ASTM American Standard Test Sieve Series
- BHA means the compound butylated hydroxyanisole
- BHT means the compound butylated hydroxytoluene
- the phrase “dextromethorphan HBr” means dextromethorphan hydrobromide
- the phrase “diphenhydramine HC1” means diphenhydramine hydrochloride
- EDTA means a pharmaceutically active ingredient
- fluid means a material that is flowable or malleable fluid material may be a viscous liquid, with a viscosity comparable, for example, to water, vegetable oil, honey, or peanut butter.
- unit symbol “g” means gram(s), a unit of mass equal to 0.001 kg
- the acronym “HDPE” means high density polyethylene
- the unit symbol “kfg” means kilogram-force, a gravitational metric unit of force equal to 9.80665 N
- the unit symbol “kg” means kilogram(s), the SI unit of mass
- the unit symbol “kN” means kilonewton, which is equal to 1000 N
- the unit symbol “kp” means kilopond(s), a unit of measurement for tablet hardness, which is sometimes referred to as a kilogram-force (kfg) and is equal to 9.80665 N
- the unit symbol “lb” means pound, a unit of measurement for tablet hardness
- the acronym “MCT” means medium chain triglycer
- stepwise formulation according to the present invention conventional tablet compression techniques (such as a tablet press), with slight modification, can be used to form very soft tablets with a uniform composition.
- dosage forms are formed by making a soft chew mass.
- the soft chew mass includes various excipients including softening agent(s), humectant(s), dry ingredients, granulation ingredients (granulation aid ingredients and intragranulation ingredients), extra-granulation ingredients, and active ingredients.
- softening agent(s) including softening agent(s), humectant(s), dry ingredients, granulation ingredients (granulation aid ingredients and intragranulation ingredients), extra-granulation ingredients, and active ingredients.
- granulation ingredients granulation aid ingredients and intragranulation ingredients
- extra-granulation ingredients and active ingredients.
- Soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a soft texture, low hardness, and may be chewed and swallowed.
- the texture of the soft-chew tablet is such that it does not appreciably dissolve in the mouth.
- Soft-chew tablets of the present invention may be designed to be chewed and swallowed by a human or an animal.
- soft-chew tablets are manufactured by a process of: (a) mixing at least one active ingredient with at least one dry or liquid component to form a liquid; (b) blending dry ingredients having at least one of each of a bulking agent, a lipid, a flavoring agent, a disintegrating agent, a texturing agent, a binding agent, a preservative, a lubricating agent, an anti- sticking agent, and, optionally, a surfactant to form a uniform dry ingredient mixture; (c) blending the premix and the uniform dry ingredient mixture to form a granulated compacted soft-chew mass; (d) sifting the granulated compacted soft-chew mass through at least one sifting screen to form uniform granules of the soft-chew mass; and (e) adding a lubricant or anti sticking agent to the uniform granules of the soft-chew mass and compressing the resulting mixture in a tablet press to
- two or more mixtures are prepared in the inventive process.
- One mixture is a fluid premix containing the active ingredient, and the other mixture is a blend of dry ingredients.
- the fluid premix and dry ingredient blend are mixed together to form a soft-chew mass.
- Texturing agents are additives present in formulations in order to primarily enhance the consistency and the soft feel of the finished product.
- texturing agents are used to improve the overall texture or mouthfeel of the soft-chew tablets.
- texturing agents are present in the formulation in concentrations ranging from about 5 %w/w to about 50 %w/w.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a texturing agent, selected from the group including, comprising modified corn starches, poly(ethylene) oxide, microcrystalline cellulose, modified microcrystalline cellulose, com syrup solids, dried glucose syrup, maltodextrin, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), milk powder, solanum starch, and the like.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include one or more fillers.
- a filler may be used to increase the total mass of the chewable formulation to a manageable size or to enhance the flow properties of the final powder or granules to be compressed.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a binding agent.
- the binding agent may be polyethylene glycol.
- the polyethylene glycol may be admixed to dry ingredients for mixing.
- the polyethylene glycol may be melted and added to at least one other dry ingredient and mixed to form the uniform dry ingredient mixture.
- composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include microcrystalline cellulose as a bulking agent.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a lipid and microcrystalline cellulose in a ratio of about 2:1 to about 1:2.5, weight-by- weight, and wherein the tablet is manufactured by compression on a tablet press.
- one or more diluents may be used in combination with silicified microcrystalline cellulose.
- diluents include starches and their derivatives (e.g., hydrogenated starch hydrolysate), celluloses and their derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate), protein matrices (e.g., soy protein, dextrates, wheat gluten, whey, corn cob, com gluten), carbohydrates (e.g., maltodextrin, polydextrose), sugars and sugar alcohols (e.g., glucose, lactose, fructose, maltose, dextrose, sucrose, maltitol, xylitol, isomalt, mannitol), silicates, dextrates, kaolin, poly methacrylates, talc, salts (e.g., calcium phosphates, calcium sulfate, magnesium carbonate) or any combination of any two or
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a starch, or a modified starch, or a mixture of starch and modified starch.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes one or more binders. Binders improve the binding properties of the compacted mass, to assist the formation of compact dosage units. Any suitable binder known in the art may be used.
- gums e.g., xanthan gum and guar gum
- alginates e.g., methylcellulose and microcrystalline cellulose
- lipids e.g., fats and oils
- starches and their derivatives e.g., dextrins, povidones, silicates, polymethacrylates, polyethylene oxides, waxes, chitosan, polycarbophil,
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes one or more palatability enhancers.
- Palatability enhancers improve the taste of a material.
- palatability enhancers may improve the palatability of soft-chew tablet formulations comprising bitter, acrid, obnoxious, unpleasant, or otherwise unpalatable active agents.
- the palatability enhancer is a taste masking agent, a flavoring agent, an aroma modifier, or a taste modifier, or any combination of any two or more thereof.
- Flavoring agents may be used to improve the palatability of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention. Any type of flavoring agent can be used provided it improves the palatability of the product, typically by improving its taste and/or smell. The use of a flavoring agent may also assist with dose compliance. Flavors can be natural (derived from animal or plant sources), semisynthetic, or artificial. In one embodiment, the flavoring agent is an artificial flavoring agent, semi- synthetic flavoring agent, a natural flavoring agent, or nature identical flavoring agent. In certain preferred embodiments of the present invention, flavoring agents are present in a concentration ranging from about 2 to about 30 %w/w.
- Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, spray dried banana powder, mixed fruit powder, pineapple powder, strawberry powder, watermelon powder, honey powder, cocoa powder, grape powder, raspberry powder, mixed berry powder, orange powder, mango powder, mushroom powder, etc.
- a taste modifier is used to improve the taste of the soft- chew tablets.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a taste modifier selected from the group comprising citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, hydroxypropyl-B -cyclodextrin, bitter masker, bitter blocker, calcium carboxy methyl cellulose, etc.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes liquid components that are absorbed on the surface of a lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient selected from one or more of microcrystalline cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and a combination of microcrystalline cellulose and guar gum.
- the liquid components absorbed on the surface of the lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient may be mixed with the dry ingredient mixture and then sifted again through at least one sifting screen to form further granules of the soft-chew composition mixture.
- a nutritional agent or a pharmaceutically active ingredient is admixed with the liquid components prior to mixing with the lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient.
- plasticizers may be added to the formulation to improve plasticity and malleability of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention.
- a plasticizer may be selected from alcohols, glycols (such as propylene glycol), lanolin, wool fat, liquid paraffin, mineral oil, petrolatum, benzyl phenylformate, chlorobutanol, diethyl phthalate, glycerol, polyethylene glycol, sorbitol, triacctin, benzyl phenyl formate, dibutyl sebacate, tributyl citrate, triethyl citrate, or any combination of any two or more thereof.
- Other plasticizers known in the art may also be used.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a non-active ingredient including one or more of a starch, a polysaccharide, a humectant, a polyol, water-soluble poly(ethylene oxide) resin.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a humectant.
- a humectant is used to retain moisture in the dosage unit.
- Humectants may be selected from sugars, hydrogenated starch hydrolysate, etc.
- Suitable liquid humectants include, but are not limited to, glycols, polyols, sugar alcohols, com syrup or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other humectants known in the art may also be used.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes an antioxidant.
- An antioxidant inhibits oxidation and may be of benefit as a preservative, or to maintain the chemical stability of an active or inactive ingredient.
- An antioxidant may be selected from propyl gallate, ascorbic acid and its derivatives, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate, malic acid, fumaric acid, editic acid, thiols, polyphenols, EDTA, sodium ascorbate, sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxytoluene, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene co-processed with zea mays oil or natural substances such as flavonoids, tocopherols, carotenes, cysteine, or any combination of any two or more thereof.
- antioxidants known in the art may also be used.
- the antioxidants are generally added to the formulation in amounts ranging from about 0.01 %w/w to about 2 %w/w, with amounts ranging from about 0.01 %w/w to about 1.0 % / being especially preferred.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a preservative selected from the group including parabens (e.g., methylparaben and/or propylparaben), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, bronopol, butylparaben, cetrimide, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, cresol, ethylparaben, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid.
- parabens e.g., methylparaben and/or propylparaben
- benzalkonium chloride ethonium chloride
- benzoic acid citric acid, fumaric acid, bronopol, butylparaben, cetrimide, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, cresol, ethy
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a nonaqueous solvent, for example glycerin or propylene glycol.
- a non-aqueous solvent may disperse, solubilize, or enhance solubilization of an active ingredient.
- the non-aqueous solvent may also enhance the binding of the formulation and/or the consistency and texture of the soft-chewable dosage form.
- the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a disintegrating agent.
- a disintegrating agent may be used to enable the inventive chewable tablets to break down on contact with water, saliva, or gastric fluid in the stomach to quickly release the active ingredient.
- a disintegrating agent may be selected from cross-linked povidones, croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycollate, celluloses and their derivatives, starches and their derivatives, gelatin, silicon dioxide, or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other disintegrating agents known in the art may also be used. Disintegration may be tested and measured in accordance with the USP disintegration test, using water as the medium.
- a granulated compacted soft-chew mass is formed, and the mass is dried by equipment using direct or indirect conduction heat applied to a static solid bed, a moving solid bed, or a fluidized solid bed.
- the granulated mass may be dried at room temperature, for example about 25 °C plus-or-minus 10 °C or may be dried at a controlled temperature of about 50 °C or less. In certain embodiments, no heating for drying is employed to form the soft-chew tablets.
- the process of manufacturing soft-chew tablets may include sifting, or milling, of dry components or a granulated mass, or a mixture of both through sifting screens with mesh sizes commonly known in the art.
- Mesh sizes for sifting screens may include Mesh # 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 10 or 12 or 14 or 16 or 18 or 20 or 25 or 30 or 35 or 40 or 45 or 50 or 60 or other mesh sizes commonly known in the art.
- Components may be sifted through at two or more screens with different mesh sizes one after other in gradual or random order of mesh sizes.
- the dry ingredient mixture or the granulated compacted soft-chew mass is sifted through sifting equipment using impaction, attrition, compression, or cutting.
- the dry ingredient mixture or the granulated compacted soft-chew mass is uniformly mixed using equipment providing diffusion mixing, convection mixing, or pneumatic mixing.
- a pre-compression force may be applied to the granulated compacted soft-chew mass before application of the primary compression force that forms the soft-chew tablet.
- the granulated compacted soft-chew mass may be fed into a compression die by gravity feed, power assisted feed, by centrifugal force, or by compression coating.
- the soft-chew tablets may incorporate an abuse-deterrent technology, which can include one or more high-melting-point excipients that resist heating and injecting; taste modifiers that resist covert administration, snorting (i.e., ingestion of a powdered material through the nose) and dose dumping (i.e., extraction of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) from tablets); water insoluble excipients that resist extraction and drink adulteration; waxy excipients that resist snorting; viscosity modifiers that resist dissolution, injection and dose dumping; low-density excipients that resist drink adulteration; and dyes, that resist adulteration.
- an abuse-deterrent technology can include one or more high-melting-point excipients that resist heating and injecting; taste modifiers that resist covert administration, snorting (i.e., ingestion of a powdered material through the nose) and dose dumping (i.e., extraction of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) from tablets); water
- a soft-chew tablet is manufactured by a process of: (a) mixing an intragranular mixture with a softening agent and a granulation dispersion to form a wet mass; (b) mixing and sifting the wet mass with an extragranular mixture to form granules; (c) lubricating the first granules to form lubricated granules; and (d) compressing the lubricated granules in a tablet press to from soft-chew tablets.
- the intragranular mixture is a mixture of two or more intragranular ingredients including dried glucose syrup, mannitol, sorbitol powder, partially pregelatinized starch, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), carboxy methylcellulose calcium, solanum starch, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, milk powder, croscarmellose sodium, calcium gluconate monohydrate, carnauba wax, flavor agent, maltodextrin, sodium starch glycolate, citric acid anhydrous, magnesium stearate, sodium bicarbonate, sucralose, xylitol, crospovidone, hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium caseinate, Advantol 300 (co-processed excipients), albumin, granulated corn starch, dextrose anhydrous, magnesium hydroxide, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, soy protein, whey
- PHGG partially hydrogenated guar gum
- the intragranular mixture is formed by cosifting the intragranular ingredients at least two times using a sieve as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- softening agents are used in combination with one or more humectants to enhance the softness of the soft-chew tablet.
- At least one softening agent is selected from the group comprising canola oil, cocoa butter, coconut oil, corn oil, flaxseed oil, glycols (such as propylene glycol), hydrogenated vegetable oils, lanolin, lecithin, lipids, liquid paraffin, MCT oil, mineral oil, natural substances such as flavonoids, olive oil, palm oil, polyethylene glycol, rosemary oil, seed oil, simethicone, soybean oil, thyme oil, triglycerides or medium chain triglycerides (MCT), vegetable oils, wool fat, zea mays oil, and other suitable lipids.
- canola oil cocoa butter, coconut oil, corn oil, flaxseed oil
- glycols such as propylene glycol
- hydrogenated vegetable oils such as propylene glycol
- lanolin such as lecithin
- lipids liquid paraffin
- MCT oil mineral oil
- natural substances such as flavonoids, olive oil, palm oil, polyethylene glycol, rosemary oil, seed oil,
- the granulation dispersion is a combination of two or more ingredients including glycerin, maltitol solution, sucralose, stevia (natural sweetener), citric acid anhydrous, bitter masker, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, non crystallizing sorbitol solution, soya lecithin, flavor agents, and color agents.
- the granulation dispersion is formed by mixing two or more ingredients until a uniform granulation dispersion is formed as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- the wet mass is a mixture of the intragranular mixture, the lipid, and the granulation dispersion.
- the intragranular mixture, the lipid, and the granulation dispersion are mixed using a rapid mixer granulator to form a wet mass as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- the extragranular mixture is a mixture of two or more extragranular ingredients including mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), carboxymethylcellulose calcium, solanum starch, flavor agent, crospovidone, milk powder, citric acid anhydrous, xylitol, croscarmellose sodium, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, sorbitol (powder), Advantol 300 (co-processed ingredients), and granulated corn starch.
- the extragranular mixture is formed by co-sifting the extragranular ingredients at least two times using a sieve as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- the wet mass is mixed with the extragranular mixture to form granules.
- the wet mass and the extragranular mixture are mixed using a cone mill to form milled granules, as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- the milled granules are lubricated with a lubricating agent to form lubricated granules.
- a lubricating agent is selected from at least one of carnauba wax and/or magnesium stearate.
- the lubricated granules are formed by lubricating the milled granules as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
- the lubricated granules are compressed to form one or more soft-chew tablets.
- the lubricated granules are compressed using a tablet press to form one or more soft-chew tablets.
- a tablet press is a mechanical device that compresses powder into tablets of uniform size and weight.
- a press can be used to manufacture tablets/pellets of a wide variety of materials, including pharmaceuticals, cleaning products, and cosmetics.
- press machines eccentric-type and rotary-type.
- the rotary-type is generally more widely used, because it facilitates high production performance with narrow weight variation along with ease of use.
- one or more active ingredients are included in the intragranular mixture.
- the softening agent includes an active ingredient, such as simethicone.
- an active ingredient is included in the granulation dispersion.
- an active ingredient is included in the extragranular mixture.
- the active ingredient may be dissolved, emulsified, or suspended in a non-aqueous solvent before addition.
- the active ingredient may be soluble, partially soluble, or insoluble in water.
- the active ingredient is added to the soft-chew tablet composition by dry blending.
- the active ingredient may be conjugated with other ingredients, such as cyclodextrins, surfactants, solubility or bioavailability enhancers, etc., to inhibit interactions with other excipients or with the environment, or to promote the chemical stability, improve solubility, enhance bioavailability, or improve the palatability of the nutritional ingredient or pharmaceutically active agent.
- the pharmaceutically active ingredient may be incorporated into a novel drug delivery system, such as microspheres, microcapsules, liposomes, niosomes, nanoparticles, microemulsions, or nanoemulsions to protect the drug or permit organ targeting.
- a novel drug delivery system such as microspheres, microcapsules, liposomes, niosomes, nanoparticles, microemulsions, or nanoemulsions to protect the drug or permit organ targeting.
- the rate of release of the active ingredient may be modulated or controlled by, for example, the use of controlled or sustained release agents (e.g., polymers) or by using excipients (e.g., disintegrants) that promote in rapid release, as appropriate.
- the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a hardness of less than 2 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a hardness of less than 1 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit no hardness when measured on a tablet hardness tester.
- the measure of the mechanical integrity of tablets is their breaking force or hardness, which is the force required to cause them to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane.
- Various equipment is used for hardness measurements, for example a Monsanto Hardness Tester, Stokes Hardness tester, Pfizer Hardness Tester, Strong-Cobb Hardness Tester, or Schleuniger Hardness tester. Tablet hardness can be expressed using various units depending on the equipment used for hardness measurement. Typical units for tablet hardness measurement are newtons, pounds, Strong-Cobb units, and kiloponds. In the Examples included hereinbelow, a Schleuniger Hardness tester was used, and the value for hardness was provided in kiloponds or newtons.
- This apparatus has two parallel platens between which a tablet is placed. A load is applied and the value of the hardness is measured.
- the platen faces are polished smooth and precision-ground perpendicularly to the direction of movement. Perpendicularity is preserved during platen movement, and the mechanism is free of any bending or torsion displacements as the load is applied.
- the contact faces are larger than the area of contact with the tablet.
- the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 1%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 0.5%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test.
- the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 0.5%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 0.1% at 100-rotations (in accordance with the USP friability test), 200- rotations, and even 300-rotations.
- the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process maintain a characteristic selected from chewiness, hardness, compression energy, adhesion, cohesiveness, springiness, and modulus, and any combination of any two or more thereof (when measured by the texture analyzer as described in the Examples included hereinbelow) sufficient to provide a chewable texture.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a weight (i.e., mass) between about 0.1 g and about 10 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight between about 0.5 g and about 4.0 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight between about 0.1 g and about 3.0 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight of about 0.1 g and about 2.0 g.
- the weight of the soft-chew tablet can be between about 0.1 and about 1.0 g; between about 1.1 g and about 2.0 g; between about 2.1 g and about 3.0 g; between about 3.0 g and 3.1 g and about 4.0 g; or between about 4.1 g and about 5.0 g.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention may have a wide range of weights, dimensions, and shapes to adapt to the need of the target patient population.
- the soft-chew tablets of the present invention can be packaged in bulk primary packaging, or as singular unit primary packaging.
- Certain aspects of the present invention relate to a tablet compression tooling that provides an anti-sticking means for tablet formulations that are sticky and/or necessarily moist, such as lubricated granules.
- the tablet compression tool assembly includes an upper punch, a lower punch, and a die.
- the tablet compression tool assembly 1 includes an upper punch 3a, a lower punch 3b, and a die 5.
- Each punch (3a, 3b) includes a head (7a, 7b), a neck (9a, 9b), a body (11 a, 11b), a stem (13a, 13b), and a punch tip (15a, 15b).
- the head (7a, 7b) includes a head flat, a head diameter, an outer head radius, and an under head angle.
- the neck (9a, 9b) is arranged adjacent the head (7a, 7b) and extends axially toward the body (Ila, lib) of the punch (3a, 3b).
- the body (Ila, 11b) typically includes one or more keyways to facilitate arrangement of the punch on the tablet compressing device.
- the stem (13a, 13b) projects axially from the punch body (Ila, 11b) and presents a receiver (17a, 17b) to facilitate arrangement of the punch tip (15a, 15b).
- One or more through holes 19 are located on the stem (13a, 13b), which align with complementary holes 21 in the body (23a, 23b) of the punch tip (15a, 15b) to facilitate fixed arrangement of the punch tip (15a, 15b) on the punch (3a, 3b) with fasteners 25.
- the punch tip (15a, 15b) includes a concave face (27a, 27b) presenting a cup depth.
- the face (27a, 27b) may include projections 29 to facilitate debossing numbers, letters, break lines, logos, and other designs into the surface of the tablet 31.
- the die 5 includes die faces 33 spaced-apart by a die body 35, an outer die radius, a die bore 37, and a bore insert (not shown) arranged within bore 37.
- Compression tool assemblies of the present invention are not limited to the those depicted in FIGS. 1-6, and other compression tool assembly constructions are within the ambit of the present invention.
- the punch 201 includes a head 203, neck 205, body 207, and a punch tip 209.
- Punch tip 209 is arranged to body 207 with fasteners 213.
- the punch tips and bore insert are formed from a polymer material having the following characteristics: low friction, self-cleaning, durable, resistant to a wide range of temperatures, non-flammable, corrosion resistant, and/or providing suitable electrical resistance.
- the punch tips and bore insert are made from PTFE, POM, Nylon cast, and combinations of thereof. Polymer die bore insert helps reduce friction between die and punch tips, which reduces the formation of film within the die bore when wet granules are being compressed.
- the punch tips and bore insert are made from POM, which is a high-performance acetal resin with several suitable physical and mechanical properties.
- POM is a highly-crystalline engineered thermoplastic that is widely regarded for its durability, stiffness, and exceptional dimensional stability. Suitable POM materials are marketed under the brand name Delrin®.
- Delrin® Suitable POM materials are marketed under the brand name Delrin®.
- POM sheet and rods come in many forms, filled and unfilled.
- the punch tips and bore insert arc made from PTFE-fillcd copolymer Delrin, which provides outstanding durability. Often this copolymer material is used in the place of machined metal and plastics when good dimensional stability, minimal friction, and excellent resistance to wear are required.
- the PTFE-filled copolymer Delrin may be utilized under the present invention without any form of grease or lubricant.
- the white PTFE-filled copolymer Delrin complies with industry rules and regulations, such as those of the FDA
- the compression force necessary to form the soft-chew tablets, of any shape and size, using polymer punch tips of the present invention is less than 4 kN, preferably less than 2 kN, and more preferably less than 1 kN.
- Tooling assemblies of the present invention enable, among other things, formation of compressed tablets from tablet formulations that are prone to sticking with a greatly reduced occurrence of sticking/picking .
- soft-chew tablets formed in accordance with the present invention may be packaged or further processed (e.g., tablet dusting or coating) immediately after compression, with no cure or hold time necessary.
- Example 1 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 1 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 1 are tabulated in Table 1 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process (i.e., the batch quantity) given in percent-by-weight (%w/w) and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 1 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- the amount of each ingredient provided in Table 1 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 1 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate were co-sifted using a No. 60 American Standard Test Sieve Series (ASTM).
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate, flavor agent (tangerine), tingling flavor, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker, and carboxymethylcellulose calcium, along with about 77% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 53% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, and the sifted material of step 2, were sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 81% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 60% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 8 The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 9 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of pure honey was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of flavor agent (vanilla), along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 14 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 15 The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 16 The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 17 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 18 The material of Step 17 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 19 The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 20 The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE”) punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side.
- PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
- Step 21 The tablet from Step 20 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 2 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 2 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 2 are tabulated in Table 2 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 2 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 2 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 2 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 2 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of maltodextrin, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, and corn starch, along with the sifted ingredients of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The material of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantities of color agent and flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 11 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was mixed for approximately 4- minutes.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form uniform wet granules.
- Step 13 The wet granules of Step 12 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 16 The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 3 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 3 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 3 are tabulated in Table 3 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 3 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 3 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 3 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 3 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of acetone under continuous stirring.
- Step 2 The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer, calcium gluconate, and magnesium oxide, along with about 35% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 1 under continuous stirring.
- Step 3 The material of Step 2 was kept for drying.
- Step 4 The dried material of Step 3 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of guar gum, mannitol, glucidex IT 12, croscarmellose sodium, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinatc, along with about 49% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 67% of the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate, about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), and the material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantities of sodium gluconate, citric acid anhydrous, and flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 12 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 13 The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 under continuous mixing to form uniform wet granules.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 (coated) was added to the granules of Step 15 under continuous mixing for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 17 The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 18 The tablet from Step 17 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose and the remaining batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
- Example 4 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 4 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 4 are tabulated in Table 4 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 4 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 4 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 4 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 4 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and phenylephrine HC1 were added to the batch quantity of acetone under continuous stirring.
- Step 2 The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer and magnesium oxide, along with about 48% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 1 under continuous stirring.
- Step 3 The material of Step 2 was kept for drying.
- Step 4 The dried material of Step 3 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 57% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 74% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and the sifted ingredients of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 8 The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 9 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 14 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 15 The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream with intermittent racking.
- Step 16 The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 17 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing.
- Step 18 The wet granules of Step 17 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 19 The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutcs.
- Step 20 The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 21 The tablet from Step 20 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 5 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 5 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 5 are tabulated in Table 5 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 5 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 5 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 5 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 5 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of maltodextrin, croscarmellose sodium, guar gum, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 71% of the batch quantity of mannitol and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The remaining batch quantity of mannitol was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 About 57% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 77% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 80 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 80 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The material of Step 7 was added to the material of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the material of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey), sucralose, and bitter blocker, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 14 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 15 The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 16 The wet mass of Step 15 along with the sifted material of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules.
- Step 17 The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 18 The mixture of Step 6 was added to the granules of Step 17 and mixed uniformly.
- Step 19 The wet granules from Step 18 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) POM punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 1 kN to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 20 The tablet from Step 19 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate and sucrose.
- Example 6 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 6 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 6 are tabulated in Table 6 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 6 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 6 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 6 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 6 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 86% of the batch quantity of maltodextrin, about 58% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The remaining batch quantity of mannitol was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 About 57% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax, the remaining batch quantity of maltodextrin, about 35% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 27% of the batch quantity of neotame, and about 67% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 80 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 80 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The material of Step 7 was added to the material of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the material of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey), neotame, and bitter blocker, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 14 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 15 The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 16 The wet mass of Step 15 along with the sifted material of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules.
- Step 17 The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 18 The mixture of Step 6 was added to the granules of Step 17 and mixed uniformly.
- Step 19 The wet granules from Step 18 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 20 The tablet from Step 19 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate and sucrose.
- Example 7 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 7 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 7 are tabulated in Table 7 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 7 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 7 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 7 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 7 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of sorbitol powder, milk powder, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of propyl gallate and BHA were added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of BHT was added to the batch quantity of light mineral oil under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The material of Step 4 and the material of Step 5 were slowly added to the material of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1, doxylamine succinate, sodium gluconate, neotame, flavor agent (menthol), and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 11 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The wet mass of Step 12 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 16 The tablet from Step 15 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
- Example 8 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 8 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 8 are tabulated in Table 8 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylaminc succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 8 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 8 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 8 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 8 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of sorbitol powder, maltodextrin, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of propyl gallate and BHA were added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of BHT was added to the batch quantity of light mineral oil under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The material of Step 4 and the material of Step 5 were slowly added to the material of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol), sodium gluconate, edetate disodium, and bitter blocker were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 11 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The wet mass of Step 12 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 16 The tablet from Step 15 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
- Example 9 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 9 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 9 are tabulated in Table 9 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 9 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 9 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 9 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 9 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate monohydrate, color agent, croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, dried glucose syrup, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 14% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 57% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 73% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 43% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The wet mass of Step 12, along with about 75% of the extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13, along with the remaining extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were co-sifted with a No. 8 ASTM.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were sifted a second time using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 16 The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutcs.
- Step 17 The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with a compression force of 4 kN, to form a compressed tablet to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 10 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 10 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 10 are tabulated in Table 10 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 10 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 10 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 10 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 10 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (vanilla), phenylephrine HC1, sodium bicarbonate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 60% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 73% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 27% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The wet mass of Step 12, along with about 75% of the extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 14 The granules of Step 13, along with the remaining extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were co-sifted with a No. 8 ASTM.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were sifted a second time using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 16 The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutcs.
- Step 17 The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches, each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) POM punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), and a die with a POM die bore insert, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches, each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) POM punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), and a die with a POM die bore insert, to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 11 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 11 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 11 are tabulated in Table 11 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 11 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 11 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 11 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 11 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, mannitol, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey) and about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were cosifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of stearic acid was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 4 under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 9 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 10 The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
- Step 11 The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 12 The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 12 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 12 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 12 are tabulated in Table 12 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 12 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 12 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 12 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 12 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, mannitol, phenylephrine HC1, sodium gluconate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 4 under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutcs.
- Step 9 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 10 The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
- Step 11 The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 12 The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 13 The tablet from Step 12 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 13 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 13 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 13 are tabulated in Table 13 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 13 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg.
- Example 13 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 13 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 13 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate were cosifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate, flavor agent (tangerine), tingling flavor, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 92% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 43% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 77% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 66% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co- sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 8 The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 9 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 14 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 15 The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 16 The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 17 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing.
- Step 18 The material of Step 17 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 19 The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutcs.
- Step 20 The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 13mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 14 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 14 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 14 are tabulated in Table 14 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 14 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg.
- Example 14 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 14 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 14 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium bicarbonate, calcium gluconate, and bitter blocker, along with about 90% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 65% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 12 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 13 The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 14 The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 15 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 16 The material of Step 15 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 17 The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 18 The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 13mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 15 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 15 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 15 are tabulated in Table 15 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 15 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg.
- Example 15 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 15 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 15 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium bicarbonate, calcium gluconate, and bitter blocker, along with about 84% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 62% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 12 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 13 The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 14 The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 15 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 16 The material of Step 15 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 17 The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 18 The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 16 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 16 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 16 are tabulated in Table 16 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 16 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg.
- Example 16 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 16 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 16 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate and phenylephrine HC1, along with about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 67% of the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, maltodextrin, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 61% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 74% of the batch quantity of guar gum, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantities of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate and citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and guar gum, and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 12 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 13 The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
- Step 14 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 17 The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkle coated using the remaining batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
- Example 17 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 17 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 17 are tabulated in Table 17 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 17 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg.
- Example 17 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 17 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 17 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of maltodextrin, sorbitol powder, partially pregelatinized starch, croscarmellose sodium, and color agent, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of mannitol and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an cxtragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The material of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate and phenylephrine HC1 were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, neotame, sodium bicarbonate, and flavor agent (menthol freeze), along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 12 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 13 The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
- Step 14 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 18 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 18 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 18 are tabulated in Table 18 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- Tn Example 18, the active ingredients are diphenhydramine HC1 and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 18 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 338 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 18 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 18 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 18 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 78% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 82% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and partially pregelatinized starch, along with about 37% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous and about 57% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), along with about 26% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of com oil was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 14 The material of Step 13 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 15 The granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The batch quantity of magnesium stearate was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and mixed with the pre-lubricated material of Step 15 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender.
- Step 17 The batch quantities of acetaminophen (coated) and diphenhydramine HC1 (coated), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and citric acid anhydrous, and the lubricated wet granules of Step 16, were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM.
- Step 18 The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CT” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CT” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 19 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 19 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 19 are tabulated in Table 19 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 19 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 338 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg.
- Example 19 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 19 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 19 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 78% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 82% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and partially pregelatinized starch, along with about 37% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous and about 57 % of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), along with about 31% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of com oil was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 14 The material of Step 13 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 15 The granules of Step 14 were pre-lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender.
- Step 16 The batch quantity of magnesium stearate was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and mixed with the pre-lubricated material of Step 15 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender.
- Step 17 The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr base was added to the acetone under continuous stirring.
- Step 18 The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer and calcium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 17 under continuous stirring.
- Step 19 The batch quantity of magnesium oxide was added to the uniform dispersion of Step 18 and allowed to dry.
- Step 20 The dried material of Step 19 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 21 The batch quantity of acetaminophen (coated), along with the remaining batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, the material of Step 20, and the granules of Step 16, were mixed in a polybag and co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM.
- Step 22 The wet granules from Step 21 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CI” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CI” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 20 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 20 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 20 are tabulated in Table 20 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 20 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg.
- Example 20 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 20 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 20 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sucralose, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker powder, milk powder, dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, flavor agent (apple cinnamon), croscarmellose sodium, color agent, and mannitol, along with about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of acetaminophen and polyethylene glycol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of crospovidone was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, amino methacrylate copolymer, and ncotamc were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The sifted material of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
- Step 13 The material of Step 12 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 16 The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 21 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 21 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 21 are tabulated in Table 21 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 21 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg.
- Example 21 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 21 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 21 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, citric acid anhydrous, color agent, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (apple), flavor agent (cinnamon), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 46% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of acetaminophen and malic acid, along with about 36% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 23% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, and about 40% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 6 The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, pea maltodextrin, calcium gluconate, and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantities of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and bitter blocker, and about 51% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were cosifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
- Step 8 The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 9 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 10 The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The mixture of Step 11 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 13 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 10- minutes.
- Step 14 The uniform dispersion of Step 12 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
- Step 15 The mixture of Step 4 was added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing.
- Step 16 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 15 under continuous mixing.
- Step 17 The material of Step 16 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 18 The mixture of Step 8 was added to the wet mass of Step 18 under continuous mixing.
- Step 19 The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 20 The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 21 The tablet from Step 20 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 22 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 22 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 22 are tabulated in Table 22 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are diphenhydramine HC1 and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 22 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 22 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 22 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 22 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, color agent, croscarmellose sodium, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 22% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (apple cinnamon), and about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of acetaminophen and polyethylene glycol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (apple cinnamon), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of diphenhydramine HC1, amino methacrylate copolymer, and neotame were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing.
- Step 13 The material of Step 12 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 14 The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 0.5 kN to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 0.5 kN to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 23 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 23 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 23 are tabulated in Table 23 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent -by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredient is diphenhydramine gluconate and acetaminophen.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 23 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg.
- Example 23 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 23 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 23 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), milk powder, mannitol, color agent, and citric acid anhydrous were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of acetaminophen, diphenhydramine HC1, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 86% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 5 The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 5- minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The sifted material of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
- Step 13 The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 14 The material of Step 5 was added to the material of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
- Step 15 The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 16 The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 24 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 24 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 24 are tabulated in Table 24 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredient is dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 24 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg.
- Example 24 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 24 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 24 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of sucralose, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, bitter blocker powder, milk powder, calcium gluconate, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, about 50% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), and about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of citric acid anhydrous and flavor agent (menthol freeze), and about 66% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of neotame and amino methacrylate copolymer were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantities of color agent (FD&C blue) and color agent (FD&C red), along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 11 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol 600 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
- Step 13 The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 14 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
- Step 15 The material of Step 14 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
- Step 16 The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 17 The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 18 The tablet from Step 17 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 25 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 25 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 25 are tabulated in Table 25 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 25 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg.
- Example 25 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 25 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 25 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of carboxy methylcellulose calcium, color agent (FD&C blue), color agent (FD&C red), dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (menthol freeze), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 45% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, about 51% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), and about 46% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The remaining batch quantities of crospovidone and silicified microcrystalline cellulose were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, dextromethorphan HBr, maltodextrin, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sodium gluconate, along with about 75% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker and about 40% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
- Step 5 The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate, along with about 40% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 5- minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform granules.
- Step 13 The mixture of Step 5 was added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
- Step 14 The mixture of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax for approximately 2-minutcs.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 17 The tablet from Step 16 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 26 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 26 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 26 are tabulated in Table 26 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are guaifenesin and dextromethorphan HBr.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 26 has an active strength of guaifenesin of approximately 100 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 3.65 mg.
- Example 26 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 26 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 26 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of bitter blocker, croscarmellose sodium, flavor agent (orange), guaifenesin, and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer, about 60% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 74% of the batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, about 75% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 37% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), about 67% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 51% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of sodium gluconate, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), about 37% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and the remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and dried glucose syrup, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, maltodextrin, and calcium gluconate, along with about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), were co-sifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
- Step 5 The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The remaining batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of ethanol was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
- Step 10 The batch quantity of carboxymethylcellulose calcium was added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
- Step 11 The batch quantities of zinc gluconate, neotame, sodium chloride, bitter blocker (solid), monoammonium glycyrrhizinatc (liquid), and flavor agent (peppermint) were added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
- Step 12 The batch quantity of polyvinylpyrrolidone K30 was added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
- Step 13 The batch quantity of bitter blocker (liquid) and the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) were added to the mixture of Step 12 under continuous stirring.
- Step 14 The batch quantity of color agent (FD&C yellow) was added to the mixture of Step 13 under continuous stirring.
- Step 15 The mixture of Step 14 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 16 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 10- minutes.
- Step 17 The uniform dispersion of Step 15 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 16 in a thin stream with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 18 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was added to the wet mass of Step 17 under continuous mixing.
- Step 19 The mixture of Step 4 was added to the material of Step 18 under continuous mixing.
- Step 20 The wet granules of Step 19 were lubricated using the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 21 The wet granules from Step 20 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 22 The tablet from Step 21 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 27 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 27 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 27 are tabulated in Table 27 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 27 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.50 mg.
- Example 27 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 27 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 27 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sucralose, sodium chloride, sodium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of hydrogenated vegetable oil and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol freeze), bitter blocker, BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 9 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 10 The material of Step 5 was added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The wet mass of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 13 The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 14 The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 15 The tablet from Step 14 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 28 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 28 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 28 are tabulated in Table 28 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 28 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.50 mg.
- Example 28 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 28 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 28 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1, sucralose, sodium chloride, sodium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of hydrogenated vegetable oil and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of color agent was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol freeze), bitter blocker, BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 9 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 10 The material of Step 5 was added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The wet mass of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 13 The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 14 The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 15 The tablet from Step 14 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 29 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 29 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 29 are tabulated in Table 29 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 29 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg.
- Example 29 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 29 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 29 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, sucralose, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of hydrogenated vegetable oil was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of neotame was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of flavor agent (menthol freeze), BHA, BHT, edetate disodium, and flavor agent (mixed berry) were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
- Step 10 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 11 The wet mass of Step 10 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 12 The wet granules of Step 11 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 13 The wet granules from Step 12 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 2 kN to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 2 kN to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 14 The tablet from Step 13 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 30 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 30 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 30 are tabulated in Table 30 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 30 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg.
- Example 30 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 30 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 30 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, sucralose, phenylephrine HC1, sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of hydrogenated vegetable oil was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of neotame was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of flavor agent (menthol freeze), BHA, BHT, edetate disodium, and flavor agent (mixed berry) were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutcs.
- Step 9 The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
- Step 10 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 11 The wet mass of Step 10 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 12 The wet granules of Step 11 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 13 The wet granules from Step 12 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 14 The tablet from Step 13 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 31 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 31 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 31 are tabulated in Table 31 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 31 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg.
- Example 31 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 31 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 31 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium, along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
- Step 9 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
- Step 10 The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 11 The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 12 The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 13 The tablet from Step 12 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
- Example 32 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 32 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 32 are tabulated in Table 32 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are acetaminophen and dextromethorphan HBr.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 32 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.30 mg.
- Example 32 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 32 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 32 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of color agent, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), citric acid anhydrous, milk powder, dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, maltodextrin, calcium gluconate, and mannitol, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 38% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of acetaminophen, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 82% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and the sifted ingredients of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantities of silicified microcr stalline cellulose and crospovidone were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr, along with the remaining batch quantities of bitter blocker and sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
- Step 14 The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) cast nylon punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) cast nylon punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 17 The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 33 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 33 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 33 are tabulated in Table 33 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and diphenhydramine HC1.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 33 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.50 mg.
- Example 33 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 33 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 33 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, citric acid anhydrous, color agent, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), maltodextrin, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 38% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of acetaminophen, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker and about 74% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 4 The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and the sifted ingredients of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose and crospovidone were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of diphenhydramine HC1 along with about 12% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of bitter blocker, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 9 The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 10 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
- Step 12 The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 13 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
- Step 14 The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 17 The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 34 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 34 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 34 are tabulated in Table 34 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 34 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg.
- Example 34 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 34 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 34 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (menthol freeze), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 91% of the batch quantity of color agent (FD&C blue), about 91% of the batch quantity of color agent (FD&C red), about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, about 51% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), and about 67% of the batch quantity of silicified microcry stallinc cellulose, were co-siftcd using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, calcium gluconate, and maltodextrin, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, about 61% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 60% of the batch quantity of sodium gluconate, and the remaining batch quantities of color agent (FD&C blue) and color agent (FD&C red), were co-sifted with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- FD&C blue color agent
- FD&C red color agent
- Step 4 The remaining batch quantities of crospovidone, flavor agent (honey), flavor agent (mixed berry), and silicified microcrystalline cellulose were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate, along with the remaining batch quantities of bitter blocker and sodium gluconate, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 8 The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 9 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 10 The uniform dispersion of Step 6 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
- Step 11 The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 12 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing.
- Step 13 The material of Step 3 was added to the material of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
- Step 14 The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
- Step 15 The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 16 The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 17 The tablet from Step 16 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
- Example 35 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 35 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 35 are tabulated in Table 35 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are guaifenesin and dextromethorphan HBr.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 35 has an active strength of guaifenesin of approximately 100 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.30 mg.
- Example 35 The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 35 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 35 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, croscarmellose sodium, flavor agent (orange), guaifenesin, maltodextrin, and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer, about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, about 67% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 75% of the batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, about 75% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 47% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, about 67% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 50% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 16% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
- Step 2 The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of sodium gluconate, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), about 27% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and the remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and dried glucose syrup, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
- Step 4 The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
- Step 5 The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr, along with about 20% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
- Step 6 The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, color agent (FD&C yellow), ethanol, flavor agent (peppermint), polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, neotame, sodium chloride, and zinc gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer, bitter blocker, flavor agent (menthol freeze), monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 7 The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 8 The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
- Step 9 The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
- Step 10 The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 11 The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 10 under continuous mixing.
- Step 12 The material of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
- Step 13 The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
- Step 14 The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Example 36 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 36 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 36 are tabulated in Table 36 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredient is simethicone.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 36 has an active strength of simethicone of approximately 250 mg.
- the amount of each ingredient provided in Table 36 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 36 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of carnauba wax, color agent (FD&C red), croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and sorbitol powder, along with about 56% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were placed in a rapid mixer granulator under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 50 RPM and the chopper off.
- FD&C red color agent
- croscarmellose sodium crospovidone
- dried glucose syrup mannitol
- milk powder partially pregelatinized starch
- sorbitol powder sorbitol powder
- Step 2 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of sucralose was added to the mixture of Step 2 under continuous stirring.
- Step 4 The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 3 under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The mixture of Step 4 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 1 in a thin stream under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
- Step 7 The material of Step 6 was mixed for an additional 2.5-minutes with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
- Step 8 The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the material of Step 7 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 9 The wet mass of Step 8 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
- Step 10 The granules of Step 9 were passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 3mm square shaped screen.
- Step 11 The wet granules from Step 10 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a square-shaped (approx. 15.3mm by 15.3mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the having the number “7” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 12 The tablet from Step 11 was coated using the batch quantity of sugar.
- Example 37 A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 37 below.
- the ingredients corresponding to Example 37 are tabulated in Table 37 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams.
- the active ingredients are simethicone.
- Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 37 has an active strength of simethicone of approximately 250 mg.
- the amount of each ingredient provided in Table 37 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 37 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
- Step 1 The batch quantities of crospovidone, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 56% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were placed in a rapid mixer granulator under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 50 RPM and the chopper off.
- Step 2 The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
- Step 3 The batch quantity of sucralose was added to the mixture of Step 2 under continuous stirring.
- Step 4 The batch quantities of color agent (FD&C red) and citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 3 under continuous stirring.
- Step 5 The mixture of Step 4 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
- Step 6 The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 1 in a thin stream under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
- Step 7 The material of Step 6 was mixed for an additional 2.5-minutes with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
- Step 8 The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the material of Step 7 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
- Step 9 The batch quantities of carnauba wax, croscarmellose sodium, and partially pregelatinized starch were added to the wet mass of Step 8 under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM).
- Step 10 The material of Step 9 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
- Step 11 The wet granules of Step 10 were passed through a cone mill to form milled granules.
- the cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
- Step 12 The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a square-shaped (approx. 15.3mm by 15.3mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the having the number “7” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
- Step 13 The tablet from Step 12 was coated using the batch quantity of sugar.
- Table D 1 provides information pertaining to the product characterization analysis of the soft chewable tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after compression.
- a texture analysis was performed on the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the Examples provided therein using a CT3 Texture Analyzer (Brookfield Engineering) configured as provided in Table D2. The texture analysis was performed shortly after formation of the tablets. Texture parameters derived from the texture analysis are provided in Tables D3 and D4, including values for: average hardness cycle 1 (“AHC1”) given in grams; average adhesiveness (“AAd”) given in millijoules; average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity (“AF1”) given in grams; average hardness cycle 2 (“AHC2”) given in grams; average cohesiveness (“ACo”) given in millimeters; average springiness (“ASp”) given in millimeters; average gumminess (“AGu”) given in grams; and average chewiness (“ACh”) given in millijoules.
- AHC1 average hardness cycle 1
- AAd average adhesiveness
- AF1 average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity
- AHC2 average hardness cycle 2
- ACo average cohesiveness
- ASp average springiness
- a disintegration analysis of the soft chew tablets made in accordance with the Examples provided herein was performed in accordance with U.S. Pharmacopeia General Chapter ⁇ 701> Disintegration. In each instance, the disintegration analysis was performed using nine hundred milliliters (900 ml) of water at a temperature of about 37 °C ( ⁇ 2 °C) and a sample size of six (6) soft chew tablets.
- Table D5 provides information pertaining to the disintegration analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after the compression step.
- Table D5 includes values for disintegration time (“DT”) provided in minutes.
- Table D8 provides information pertaining to the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%.
- Table D8 includes values for: highest known impurity percentage (“HKI %”); highest known impurity percentage (“HUI %”); and percentage of total impurity (“TI %”).
- Tabic D9 provides information pertaining to the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 60 °C and a relative humidity of 60%.
- Table D9 includes values for: highest known impurity percentage (“HKI %”); highest known impurity percentage
- Table D10 provides assay percentages (“Asy %”) from the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%.
- Table Dll provides assay percentages (“Asy %”) from the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 60 °C and a relative humidity of 60%.
- Table D12 provides information pertaining to the microbiological characterization analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after formation and after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%.
- SD number of days
- Table D12 includes values for water content and water activity (aw).
- a texture analysis was performed on the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein using a CT3 Texture Analyzer (Brookfield Engineering) configured as provided in Table D2. The texture analysis was performed after the tablets had been stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%.
- SD number of days
- Texture parameters derived from the texture analysis are provided in Tables D13 and D 14, including values for: average hardness cycle 1 (“AHC1”) given in grams; average adhesiveness (“AAd”) given in millijoules; average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity (“AF1”) given in grams; average cohesiveness (“ACo”) given in millimeters; average springiness (“ASp”) given in millimeters; average gumminess (“AGu”) given in grams; and average chewiness (“ACh”) given in millijoules.
- AHC1 average hardness cycle 1
- AAd average adhesiveness
- AF1 average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity
- ACo average cohesiveness
- ASp average springiness
- AGu average gumminess
- ACh average chewiness
- the phrase “and/or,” when used in a list of two or more items, means that any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or any combination of two or more of the listed items can be employed.
- the composition can contain or exclude A alone; B alone; C alone; A and B in combination; A and C in combination; B and C in combination; or A, B, and C in combination.
- Approximating language may be applied to modify any quantitative representation that could permissibly vary without resulting in a change in the basic function to which it is related. Accordingly, a value modified by a term or terms, such as “about,” “approximately,” and “substantially” are not to be limited to the precise value specified. In at least some instances, the approximating language may correspond to the precision of an instrument for measuring the value.
- range limitations may be combined and/or interchanged. Such ranges are identified and include all the sub-ranges contained therein unless the context or language indicates otherwise.
- a numerical range indicated by using “to” or “to about” shows a range including numerical values written before and after “to” or “to about” as a minimum value and a maximum value, respectively.
- numerical ranges are used to quantify certain parameters relating to various embodiments. It should be understood that when numerical ranges are provided, such ranges are to be construed as providing literal support for claim limitations that only recite the lower value of the range as well as claim limitations that only recite the upper value of the range.
- a disclosed numerical range of about 10 to about 100 provides literal support for a claim reciting “greater than about 10” (with no upper bounds) and a claim reciting “less than about 100” (with no lower bounds).
- references to “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, or “embodiments” mean that the feature or features being referred to are included in at least one embodiment of the of the present invention.
- references to “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, or “embodiments” in this written description do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment and are also not mutually exclusive unless so stated and/or except as will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the description.
- a feature, structure, act, etc. described in one embodiment may also be included in other embodiments, but is not necessarily included.
- the present invention encompasses a variety of combinations and/or integrations of the specific embodiments described in the specification and any suitable combination of the previously described embodiments may be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
A process for manufacture of a soft-chew tablet for the oral administration of at least one active ingredient including the steps of: preparing a plurality of wet granules comprising at least one active ingredient, a texturing agent in a concentration ranging from 6 %w/w to 50 %w/w, and a humectant in a concentration ranging from 5 %w/w to 35 %w/w; and compressing the wet granules using a tablet press. The tablet press includes an upper punch, a lower punch, and a die. The upper and lower punches each include a polymer upper punch tip. The compressed tablet has a hardness of less than 2 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester. The compressed tablet has a friability of less than one percent at one-hundred rotations when tested in accordance with USP friability test. The process does not include a heating step. The tablet is formed without molding or extrusion.
Description
Tablet Press Compression Tooling Assembly for the Formation of Soft-Chew Tablets and
Related Methods
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/333,159, filed April 21, 2022, entitled Tablet Press Compression Tooling Assembly, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
BACKGROUND
[0002] 1. Field
[0003] The present invention relates to products and processes for the manufacture of soft- chewable tablet pharmaceutical, or nutritional, dosage forms for the oral administration of active pharmaceutical ingredients or nutritional agents.
[0004] 2. Discussion of Prior Art
[0005] Chewable pharmaceutical dosage units, such as chewable tablets and soft-chewable tablets, are known and have been commercialized for use with pediatric, geriatric, and involuntary patient populations. Such dosage forms have also been used for subjects that, by instinct, will not accept medication meant to be swallowed. Chewable tablets are also useful with competent patients as an alternative to tablets or capsules that must be swallowed whole. The formulation of a drug into a chewable dosage form can increase patient acceptance of a medication in patients that resist or are unable to swallow conventional tablets or capsules.
[0006] Oral dosage forms, such as chewable compressed tablets, formulated using conventional ingredients tend to be gritty or otherwise unappealing to many patients. Traditionally, tablets compressed on a compression machine are formulated to produce tablets having a hardness of more than ten kiloponds (10 kp). Tablets having lower hardness levels (i.e., less than 10 kp) are often discouraged by the prior art to enable formation of tablets having friability values within acceptable ranges.
[0007] A process for manufacturing soft-chewable dosage form for drug delivery is described in U.S. Patent No. 6,387,381. It discloses a soft-chewable medication vehicle for drug delivery of an active ingredient to animal or human subjects, not containing ingredients of animal origin, without the use of heat and without the addition of water. The formed mixture was formed into individual chunks using a Formax F6™ molding machine with dies for production of chunk-like shapes, and packaged for storage. Machines for the production of molded food patties have been described as
being useful for the manufacturing of soft-chews for administration to non-human animals. Such machines arc molding machines that have been originally developed for use in producing molded food products, for example the Formax F6™ molding machine made by the Formax Corporation. [0008] The use of extruders, forming machines, and rotary molding machines to manufacture pharmaceutical tablets can be problematic. For instance, it is difficult to control the weight and physical form of tablets formed by such devices. Typically, excessive conditioning of the initial tablet structure (e.g., drying or curing) after formation using such devices is required to achieve the desired shape and structure of the finished tablet. Moreover, the use of such technologies, equipment, and processes is complex, cumbersome, and not traditionally employed by typical pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities producing solid oral dosage forms.
[0009] Thus, there is a need for soft-chew tablet formulations, and processes of making the same, that enable large scale manufacture using equipment traditionally employed in the pharmaceutical manufacturing industry; including, but not limited to, rotary (tablet) compression presses.
[0010] A wide range of tablet presses are used in the pharmaceutical industry to compress one or more ingredients into a solid dosage form (i.e., a tablet). More particularly, a mixture of pharmaceutical ingredients (tablet formulation), often in the form of granules, is introduced to a tablet press. The tablet formulation is fed, often by a hopper, to a die cavity where metered amounts of the formulation are compressed within a die bore. Generally, an upper punch and a lower punch are arranged above and below the die bore. Once the desired amount of tablet formulation is in the die, the upper and lower punches are moved toward each other to compress the tablet formulation within the die bore to the shape of a tablet.
[0011] A common problem during the tablet compression process is sticking. Sticking occurs when some of the tablet formulation being compressed attaches and sticks to the compression tooling (e.g., the punch tip/face and/or the wall of the die bore). Sticking results in defective tablets having cavities and/or other unwanted irregularities on the outer surfaces. Picking is a specific type of sticking that refers to granules or particles of the tablet formulation sticking on the compression tooling due to embossing (e.g., break lines, letters, numbers, logos, etc.) on the face of the punch tips, such as the letter or numerals of the tablet logo or identifier.
[0012] Known means of preventing sticking include decreasing the moisture content of the tablet formulation (decreasing the moisture content of the granules), adding lubricating agents and/or anti-sticking agents to the tablet formulation, controlling the humidity and/or temperature of the
working environment, polishing the compression tooling, and/or using compression tooling with a specialized coating. However, known anti- sticking means arc not effective for all tablet formulations. For example, some soft-chew tablet formulations (e.g., soft-chew granules) have a moisture content ranging from 5% to 15% or more and tend to be hygroscopic. Many known antisticking means do not effectively prevent sticking with such soft-chew formulations, and others cannot be used without compromising the desired characteristics of the soft-chew tablet to be formed (i.e., hardness, friability, etc.).
[0013] Thus, there is a need for an effective anti-sticking means that is suitable for uses with tablet formulations that are sticky and/or that require moisture content within certain ranges.
[0014] This background discussion is intended to provide information related to the present invention which is not necessarily prior art.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0015] The present invention overcomes the disadvantages and shortcomings of known chewable dosage forms, and known processes for making the same, by providing a simplified process for manufacturing soft-chewable dosage units using conventional pharmaceutical equipment and compression techniques (e.g., a rotary tablet press).
[0016] Dosage forms of the present invention include palatable, soft-chewable pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration to an involuntary subject population (e.g., very young children, senile patients, animals, etc.) that includes a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutically active ingredient, in an immediate or controlled release form, and a palatability improving agent in an amount sufficient to make the pharmaceutical composition palatable to the subject population. As used herein, the phrase “involuntary subject population” is defined as patients who cannot be conventionally instructed to chew and/or swallow conventional hard chew tablets or capsules.
[0017] The texture of a chewable dosage form is an important factor in the acceptance of oral dosage forms by patients in need of medication. Soft-chewable tablets, having a soft texture, pleasant mouthfeel, and palatable taste with adequate flavoring agents, provide a solution to such problems. In addition, these features can address the problem of the disagreeable taste of many active pharmaceutical ingredients. The soft-chew dosage forms of the present invention are formulated to address texture problems attributed to the dry, dusty, granular, and pulverant nature of many pharmaceutical ingredients.
[0018] The soft-chewable pharmaceutical dosage units (soft-chew tablets) of the present invention arc solid at room temperature and have lower hardness and higher moisture content relative to conventional tablets or hard-chew tablets. The soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a soft texture, low hardness, are designed to be chewed and swallowed, and will not appreciably dissolve in the mouth of the patient. The soft-chew tablets of the present invention exhibit a plastic rheological behavior and can be formed into many different shapes using a wide range of manufacturing processes. After formation, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are dimensionally stable.
[0019] In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are prepared using conventional methods, such as wet or dry granulation processes. Preferably, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention are formulated using pharmaceutical grade ingredients.
[0020] It has been found that soft-chew tablets of the prior art can be manufactured more efficiently, reliably, and consistently, using a tablet press. The compressed soft-chew dosage forms of the present invention have hardness values of less than 2 kp, or may have hardness values of less than 1 kp, or may have no measurable hardness when measured with a tablet hardness tester. Despite their low hardness, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention exhibit friability values of less than 1.0%, or less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% when determined in accordance with the USP friability test at 100-rotations, 200-rotations, or 300-rotations.
[0021] Certain aspects of the present invention relate to a tablet compression tooling that provides an anti-sticking means for tablet formulations that are sticky and/or necessarily moist. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the tablet compression tool assembly includes an upper punch, a lower punch, and a die.
[0022] This summary is provided to introduce a selection of concepts in a simplified form that are further described below in the detailed description. This summary is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the claimed subject matter, nor is it intended to be used to limit the scope of the claimed subject matter. Other aspects and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the following detailed description of the embodiments and the accompanying drawing figures.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWING FIGURES
[0023] Certain aspects of certain embodiments of the invention are described in detail below with reference to the attached figures, wherein:
[0024] FTG. 1 is a side perspective view of a tablet compression tool assembly configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention;
[0025] FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
[0026] FIG. 3 is an enlarged, partially sectioned cross-sectional view of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
[0027] FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective of the upper punch portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
[0028] FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective of the lower punch portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1;
[0029] FIG. 6 is a perspective of the die portion of the tablet compression tool assembly of FIG. 1; and
[0030] FIG. 7 is a side perspective view of a tablet compression tool assembly configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
[0031] The figures do not limit the present invention to the specific embodiments disclosed and described herein. The emphasis instead being placed upon clearly illustrating certain principles of a preferred embodiment.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0032] In addition to the other terms expressly defined herein, for the purposes of this disclosure and claims, the following terms, units, words, and phrases shall have the respective meanings assigned to them as follows (and cognate expressions shall bear corresponding meanings): the unit symbol “%w/w” means percent-by-weight, the amount/concentration of one or more components in a group of components, which can be calculated by dividing the numerical value for the mass of one or more components in a group of components by the numerical value for the mass of all of the components in the group and multiplying the quotient by 100; the unit symbol “°C” means degree(s) in Celsius, a unit of temperature on the Celsius scale; the phrase “active agent” means an active ingredient; the phrase “active ingredient” means an active pharmaceutical ingredient or a nutritional agent (an active ingredient may be in granular form and coated, or further coated, with a suitable coating. For example, the coating could be a coating polymer that coats and protects the active ingredient, or masks an offensive taste and/or offensive odor. In certain embodiments, the coating could be a functional coating (e.g., an extended-release coating, delayed-release coating, controlled-release coating, barrier coating, or a combination thereof)); the phrase “active
pharmaceutical ingredient” means a substance used in a pharmaceutical dosage form, intended to furnish pharmacological activity or to otherwise have direct effect in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease, and substances that have, or are thought to have, a direct effect in restoring, correcting, or modifying physiological functions in a patient population (an active pharmaceutical ingredient may include any approved or experimental drug. By “approved,” it is meant that the drug is approved for human or veterinary use by a regulatory agency in any country that makes such drug approvals. For example, the pharmaceutically active ingredient may be selected from an anesthetic agent, anthelmintic agent, analgesic agent, steroid, corticosteroid agent, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) agent, antiemetic agent, anti- thyroidal agent, parasiticidal agent, appetite stimulant, antihistamine agent, antifungal agent, antiprotozoal agent, or anti-depressant); the acronym “API” means active pharmaceutical ingredient; the acronym “ASTM” means American Standard Test Sieve Series; the acronym “BHA” means the compound butylated hydroxyanisole; the acronym “BHT” means the compound butylated hydroxytoluene; the phrase “dextromethorphan HBr” means dextromethorphan hydrobromide; the phrase “diphenhydramine HC1” means diphenhydramine hydrochloride; the term “EDTA” means the compound sodium ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; the acronym “FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration; the term “fluid” means a material that is flowable or malleable fluid material may be a viscous liquid, with a viscosity comparable, for example, to water, vegetable oil, honey, or peanut butter.; the unit symbol “g” means gram(s), a unit of mass equal to 0.001 kg; the acronym “HDPE” means high density polyethylene; the unit symbol “kfg” means kilogram-force, a gravitational metric unit of force equal to 9.80665 N; the unit symbol “kg” means kilogram(s), the SI unit of mass; the unit symbol “kN” means kilonewton, which is equal to 1000 N; the unit symbol “kp” means kilopond(s), a unit of measurement for tablet hardness, which is sometimes referred to as a kilogram-force (kfg) and is equal to 9.80665 N; the unit symbol “lb” means pound, a unit of measurement for tablet hardness; the acronym “MCT” means medium chain triglycerides; the unit symbol “mg” means milligram(s), a unit of mass equal to 0.000001 kg; the unit symbol “mb” means milliliter, a unit of volume equal to 0.000001 cubic meters; the unit symbol “mm” means millimeter; the unit symbol “N” means Newton, the International System of Units (SI) unit of measurement for force; the acronym “ND” means not detected; the acronym “NSAID” means a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; the phrase “nutritional agent” means minerals, vitamins, nutraceutical agents, and other supplements,
including derivatives, salts (and the like), and/or mixtures of the foregoing; the acronym “PET” means polyethylene terephthalate; the phrase “phenylephrine HQ” means phenylephrine hydrochloride; the acronym “POM” means the compound polyoxymethylene; the acronym “PTFE” means the compound polytetrafluoroethylene; the acronym “q.s.” means quantity sufficient; the acronym “RPM” means rotations per minute; the unit symbol “SC” means Strong- Cobb, a unit of measurement for tablet hardness, which is equal to approximately 0.7 kilogram of force or about 7 N; the acronym “SD” means storage duration; the phrase “soft-chew tablet” means a solid, soft chewable, semi-plastic oral dosage form for the delivery of an active ingredient; the phrase “USP disintegration test” means the harmonized standard for determination of whether a tablet will disintegrate within the prescribed time when placed in a liquid medium as provided in general chapter <701> of the United States Pharmacopeia, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein; the phrase “USP friability test” means the harmonized standard for determination of compressed tablet friability provided in general chapter <1216> of the United States Pharmacopeia, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein (it is particularly noted that the USP friability test calls for 100-drum-rotations however, if a friability value is provided herein for a greater number of drum rotations, it should be understood that all other guidelines for determining friability under general chapter <1216> were followed to obtain such friability value); the phrase “wet granules” means granules having a water content in the range of 2 %w/w to 15 %w/w; and the unit symbol “p” means micron, which is equal to 0.001 mm.
[0033] The inventors have discovered that by stepwise formulation according to the present invention, conventional tablet compression techniques (such as a tablet press), with slight modification, can be used to form very soft tablets with a uniform composition.
[0034] In certain embodiments of the present invention, dosage forms are formed by making a soft chew mass. The soft chew mass includes various excipients including softening agent(s), humectant(s), dry ingredients, granulation ingredients (granulation aid ingredients and intragranulation ingredients), extra-granulation ingredients, and active ingredients. During the granulation process, granules of the soft chew mass are formed, passed through appropriate screens for sizing, and lubricated with extra granular excipients then compressed using a tablet press.
[0035] Soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a soft texture, low hardness, and may be chewed and swallowed. The texture of the soft-chew tablet is such that it does not appreciably
dissolve in the mouth. Soft-chew tablets of the present invention may be designed to be chewed and swallowed by a human or an animal.
[0036] In certain embodiments of the present invention, soft-chew tablets are manufactured by a process of: (a) mixing at least one active ingredient with at least one dry or liquid component to form a liquid; (b) blending dry ingredients having at least one of each of a bulking agent, a lipid, a flavoring agent, a disintegrating agent, a texturing agent, a binding agent, a preservative, a lubricating agent, an anti- sticking agent, and, optionally, a surfactant to form a uniform dry ingredient mixture; (c) blending the premix and the uniform dry ingredient mixture to form a granulated compacted soft-chew mass; (d) sifting the granulated compacted soft-chew mass through at least one sifting screen to form uniform granules of the soft-chew mass; and (e) adding a lubricant or anti sticking agent to the uniform granules of the soft-chew mass and compressing the resulting mixture in a tablet press to form soft-chew tablets.
[0037] In certain embodiments of the present invention, two or more mixtures are prepared in the inventive process. One mixture is a fluid premix containing the active ingredient, and the other mixture is a blend of dry ingredients. The fluid premix and dry ingredient blend are mixed together to form a soft-chew mass.
[0038] Texturing agents are additives present in formulations in order to primarily enhance the consistency and the soft feel of the finished product. In certain embodiments of the present invention, texturing agents are used to improve the overall texture or mouthfeel of the soft-chew tablets. In certain embodiments, texturing agents are present in the formulation in concentrations ranging from about 5 %w/w to about 50 %w/w. In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a texturing agent, selected from the group including, comprising modified corn starches, poly(ethylene) oxide, microcrystalline cellulose, modified microcrystalline cellulose, com syrup solids, dried glucose syrup, maltodextrin, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), milk powder, solanum starch, and the like.
[0039] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include one or more fillers. A filler may be used to increase the total mass of the chewable formulation to a manageable size or to enhance the flow properties of the final powder or granules to be compressed.
[0040] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a binding agent. The binding agent may be polyethylene glycol. The polyethylene glycol
may be admixed to dry ingredients for mixing. The polyethylene glycol may be melted and added to at least one other dry ingredient and mixed to form the uniform dry ingredient mixture.
[0041] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include microcrystalline cellulose as a bulking agent.
[0042] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention include a lipid and microcrystalline cellulose in a ratio of about 2:1 to about 1:2.5, weight-by- weight, and wherein the tablet is manufactured by compression on a tablet press.
[0043] In certain embodiments of the present invention, one or more diluents may be used in combination with silicified microcrystalline cellulose. Examples of diluents include starches and their derivatives (e.g., hydrogenated starch hydrolysate), celluloses and their derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate), protein matrices (e.g., soy protein, dextrates, wheat gluten, whey, corn cob, com gluten), carbohydrates (e.g., maltodextrin, polydextrose), sugars and sugar alcohols (e.g., glucose, lactose, fructose, maltose, dextrose, sucrose, maltitol, xylitol, isomalt, mannitol), silicates, dextrates, kaolin, poly methacrylates, talc, salts (e.g., calcium phosphates, calcium sulfate, magnesium carbonate) or any combination of any two or more thereof.
[0044] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a starch, or a modified starch, or a mixture of starch and modified starch.
[0045] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes one or more binders. Binders improve the binding properties of the compacted mass, to assist the formation of compact dosage units. Any suitable binder known in the art may be used. For example, binders that may be used according to the present invention may include, but are not limited to, gums (e.g., xanthan gum and guar gum), alginates, celluloses and their derivatives (e.g., methylcellulose and microcrystalline cellulose), lipids (e.g., fats and oils), starches and their derivatives, dextrins, povidones, silicates, polymethacrylates, polyethylene oxides, waxes, chitosan, polycarbophil, agar, carbomers, and combinations of the foregoing.
[0046] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes one or more palatability enhancers. Palatability enhancers improve the taste of a material. Advantageously, palatability enhancers may improve the palatability of soft-chew tablet formulations comprising bitter, acrid, obnoxious, unpleasant, or otherwise unpalatable active agents.
[0047] Tn certain embodiments of the present invention, the palatability enhancer is a taste masking agent, a flavoring agent, an aroma modifier, or a taste modifier, or any combination of any two or more thereof.
[0048] Flavoring agents may be used to improve the palatability of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention. Any type of flavoring agent can be used provided it improves the palatability of the product, typically by improving its taste and/or smell. The use of a flavoring agent may also assist with dose compliance. Flavors can be natural (derived from animal or plant sources), semisynthetic, or artificial. In one embodiment, the flavoring agent is an artificial flavoring agent, semi- synthetic flavoring agent, a natural flavoring agent, or nature identical flavoring agent. In certain preferred embodiments of the present invention, flavoring agents are present in a concentration ranging from about 2
to about 30 %w/w. Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, spray dried banana powder, mixed fruit powder, pineapple powder, strawberry powder, watermelon powder, honey powder, cocoa powder, grape powder, raspberry powder, mixed berry powder, orange powder, mango powder, mushroom powder, etc. In certain embodiments of the present invention, a taste modifier is used to improve the taste of the soft- chew tablets. In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a taste modifier selected from the group comprising citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, hydroxypropyl-B -cyclodextrin, bitter masker, bitter blocker, calcium carboxy methyl cellulose, etc.
[0049] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes liquid components that are absorbed on the surface of a lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient selected from one or more of microcrystalline cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and a combination of microcrystalline cellulose and guar gum. The liquid components absorbed on the surface of the lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient may be mixed with the dry ingredient mixture and then sifted again through at least one sifting screen to form further granules of the soft-chew composition mixture. In an embodiment, a nutritional agent or a pharmaceutically active ingredient is admixed with the liquid components prior to mixing with the lipid absorbing pharmaceutical ingredient.
[0050] In certain embodiments of the present invention, plasticizers may be added to the formulation to improve plasticity and malleability of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention. In certain embodiments, a plasticizer may be selected from alcohols, glycols (such as propylene
glycol), lanolin, wool fat, liquid paraffin, mineral oil, petrolatum, benzyl phenylformate, chlorobutanol, diethyl phthalate, glycerol, polyethylene glycol, sorbitol, triacctin, benzyl phenyl formate, dibutyl sebacate, tributyl citrate, triethyl citrate, or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other plasticizers known in the art may also be used.
[0051] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a non-active ingredient including one or more of a starch, a polysaccharide, a humectant, a polyol, water-soluble poly(ethylene oxide) resin.
[0052] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a humectant. A humectant is used to retain moisture in the dosage unit. Humectants may be selected from sugars, hydrogenated starch hydrolysate, etc. Suitable liquid humectants include, but are not limited to, glycols, polyols, sugar alcohols, com syrup or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other humectants known in the art may also be used.
[0053] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes an antioxidant. An antioxidant inhibits oxidation and may be of benefit as a preservative, or to maintain the chemical stability of an active or inactive ingredient. An antioxidant may be selected from propyl gallate, ascorbic acid and its derivatives, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate, malic acid, fumaric acid, editic acid, thiols, polyphenols, EDTA, sodium ascorbate, sodium metabisulfite, butylated hydroxytoluene, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene co-processed with zea mays oil or natural substances such as flavonoids, tocopherols, carotenes, cysteine, or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other antioxidants known in the art may also be used. The antioxidants are generally added to the formulation in amounts ranging from about 0.01 %w/w to about 2 %w/w, with amounts ranging from about 0.01 %w/w to about 1.0 % / being especially preferred.
[0054] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a preservative selected from the group including parabens (e.g., methylparaben and/or propylparaben), benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, bronopol, butylparaben, cetrimide, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, cresol, ethylparaben, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid. Other preservatives known in the art may also be used.
[0055] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a nonaqueous solvent, for example glycerin or propylene glycol. A non-aqueous solvent
may disperse, solubilize, or enhance solubilization of an active ingredient. The non-aqueous solvent may also enhance the binding of the formulation and/or the consistency and texture of the soft-chewable dosage form.
[0056] In certain embodiments, the composition of the soft-chew tablets of the present invention includes a disintegrating agent. A disintegrating agent may be used to enable the inventive chewable tablets to break down on contact with water, saliva, or gastric fluid in the stomach to quickly release the active ingredient. A disintegrating agent may be selected from cross-linked povidones, croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycollate, celluloses and their derivatives, starches and their derivatives, gelatin, silicon dioxide, or any combination of any two or more thereof. Other disintegrating agents known in the art may also be used. Disintegration may be tested and measured in accordance with the USP disintegration test, using water as the medium.
[0057] In certain embodiments of the present invention, a granulated compacted soft-chew mass is formed, and the mass is dried by equipment using direct or indirect conduction heat applied to a static solid bed, a moving solid bed, or a fluidized solid bed. The granulated mass may be dried at room temperature, for example about 25 °C plus-or-minus 10 °C or may be dried at a controlled temperature of about 50 °C or less. In certain embodiments, no heating for drying is employed to form the soft-chew tablets.
[0058] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the process of manufacturing soft-chew tablets may include sifting, or milling, of dry components or a granulated mass, or a mixture of both through sifting screens with mesh sizes commonly known in the art. Mesh sizes for sifting screens may include Mesh # 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 10 or 12 or 14 or 16 or 18 or 20 or 25 or 30 or 35 or 40 or 45 or 50 or 60 or other mesh sizes commonly known in the art. Components may be sifted through at two or more screens with different mesh sizes one after other in gradual or random order of mesh sizes.
[0059] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the dry ingredient mixture or the granulated compacted soft-chew mass is sifted through sifting equipment using impaction, attrition, compression, or cutting.
[0060] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the dry ingredient mixture or the granulated compacted soft-chew mass is uniformly mixed using equipment providing diffusion mixing, convection mixing, or pneumatic mixing.
[0061 ] Tn certain embodiments of the present invention, a pre-compression force may be applied to the granulated compacted soft-chew mass before application of the primary compression force that forms the soft-chew tablet.
[0062] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the granulated compacted soft-chew mass may be fed into a compression die by gravity feed, power assisted feed, by centrifugal force, or by compression coating.
[0063] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the soft-chew tablets may incorporate an abuse-deterrent technology, which can include one or more high-melting-point excipients that resist heating and injecting; taste modifiers that resist covert administration, snorting (i.e., ingestion of a powdered material through the nose) and dose dumping (i.e., extraction of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) from tablets); water insoluble excipients that resist extraction and drink adulteration; waxy excipients that resist snorting; viscosity modifiers that resist dissolution, injection and dose dumping; low-density excipients that resist drink adulteration; and dyes, that resist adulteration.
[0064] In certain embodiments of the present invention, a soft-chew tablet is manufactured by a process of: (a) mixing an intragranular mixture with a softening agent and a granulation dispersion to form a wet mass; (b) mixing and sifting the wet mass with an extragranular mixture to form granules; (c) lubricating the first granules to form lubricated granules; and (d) compressing the lubricated granules in a tablet press to from soft-chew tablets.
[0065] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the intragranular mixture is a mixture of two or more intragranular ingredients including dried glucose syrup, mannitol, sorbitol powder, partially pregelatinized starch, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), carboxy methylcellulose calcium, solanum starch, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, milk powder, croscarmellose sodium, calcium gluconate monohydrate, carnauba wax, flavor agent, maltodextrin, sodium starch glycolate, citric acid anhydrous, magnesium stearate, sodium bicarbonate, sucralose, xylitol, crospovidone, hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium caseinate, Advantol 300 (co-processed excipients), albumin, granulated corn starch, dextrose anhydrous, magnesium hydroxide, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, soy protein, whey protein, and xanthan gum. In certain preferred embodiments, the intragranular mixture is formed by cosifting the intragranular ingredients at least two times using a sieve as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0066] Tn certain embodiments of the present invention, softening agents are used in combination with one or more humectants to enhance the softness of the soft-chew tablet. In certain embodiments of the present invention, at least one softening agent is selected from the group comprising canola oil, cocoa butter, coconut oil, corn oil, flaxseed oil, glycols (such as propylene glycol), hydrogenated vegetable oils, lanolin, lecithin, lipids, liquid paraffin, MCT oil, mineral oil, natural substances such as flavonoids, olive oil, palm oil, polyethylene glycol, rosemary oil, seed oil, simethicone, soybean oil, thyme oil, triglycerides or medium chain triglycerides (MCT), vegetable oils, wool fat, zea mays oil, and other suitable lipids.
[0067] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the granulation dispersion is a combination of two or more ingredients including glycerin, maltitol solution, sucralose, stevia (natural sweetener), citric acid anhydrous, bitter masker, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, non crystallizing sorbitol solution, soya lecithin, flavor agents, and color agents. In certain preferred embodiments, the granulation dispersion is formed by mixing two or more ingredients until a uniform granulation dispersion is formed as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0068] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the wet mass is a mixture of the intragranular mixture, the lipid, and the granulation dispersion. In certain preferred embodiments, the intragranular mixture, the lipid, and the granulation dispersion are mixed using a rapid mixer granulator to form a wet mass as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0069] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the extragranular mixture is a mixture of two or more extragranular ingredients including mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, partially hydrogenated guar gum (PHGG), carboxymethylcellulose calcium, solanum starch, flavor agent, crospovidone, milk powder, citric acid anhydrous, xylitol, croscarmellose sodium, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, sorbitol (powder), Advantol 300 (co-processed ingredients), and granulated corn starch. In certain preferred embodiments, the extragranular mixture is formed by co-sifting the extragranular ingredients at least two times using a sieve as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0070] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the wet mass is mixed with the extragranular mixture to form granules. In certain preferred embodiments, the wet mass and the extragranular mixture are mixed using a cone mill to form milled granules, as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0071 ] Tn certain embodiments of the present invention, the milled granules are lubricated with a lubricating agent to form lubricated granules. In certain embodiments of the present invention, a lubricating agent is selected from at least one of carnauba wax and/or magnesium stearate. In certain preferred embodiments, the lubricated granules are formed by lubricating the milled granules as described in greater detail in the Examples hereinbelow.
[0072] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the lubricated granules are compressed to form one or more soft-chew tablets. In certain preferred embodiments of the present invention, the lubricated granules are compressed using a tablet press to form one or more soft-chew tablets. A tablet press is a mechanical device that compresses powder into tablets of uniform size and weight. A press can be used to manufacture tablets/pellets of a wide variety of materials, including pharmaceuticals, cleaning products, and cosmetics. There are two types of press machines, eccentric-type and rotary-type. The rotary-type is generally more widely used, because it facilitates high production performance with narrow weight variation along with ease of use.
[0073] In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, one or more active ingredients are included in the intragranular mixture. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the softening agent includes an active ingredient, such as simethicone. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, an active ingredient is included in the granulation dispersion. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, an active ingredient is included in the extragranular mixture.
[0074] In certain embodiments of the present invention, the active ingredient may be dissolved, emulsified, or suspended in a non-aqueous solvent before addition. The active ingredient may be soluble, partially soluble, or insoluble in water. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the active ingredient is added to the soft-chew tablet composition by dry blending. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the active ingredient may be conjugated with other ingredients, such as cyclodextrins, surfactants, solubility or bioavailability enhancers, etc., to inhibit interactions with other excipients or with the environment, or to promote the chemical stability, improve solubility, enhance bioavailability, or improve the palatability of the nutritional ingredient or pharmaceutically active agent. Similarly, the pharmaceutically active ingredient may be incorporated into a novel drug delivery system, such as microspheres, microcapsules, liposomes, niosomes, nanoparticles, microemulsions, or nanoemulsions to protect the drug or
permit organ targeting. Tn certain embodiments of the present invention, the rate of release of the active ingredient may be modulated or controlled by, for example, the use of controlled or sustained release agents (e.g., polymers) or by using excipients (e.g., disintegrants) that promote in rapid release, as appropriate.
[0075] In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a hardness of less than 2 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a hardness of less than 1 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit no hardness when measured on a tablet hardness tester.
[0076] The measure of the mechanical integrity of tablets is their breaking force or hardness, which is the force required to cause them to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane. Various equipment is used for hardness measurements, for example a Monsanto Hardness Tester, Stokes Hardness tester, Pfizer Hardness Tester, Strong-Cobb Hardness Tester, or Schleuniger Hardness tester. Tablet hardness can be expressed using various units depending on the equipment used for hardness measurement. Typical units for tablet hardness measurement are newtons, pounds, Strong-Cobb units, and kiloponds. In the Examples included hereinbelow, a Schleuniger Hardness tester was used, and the value for hardness was provided in kiloponds or newtons. This apparatus has two parallel platens between which a tablet is placed. A load is applied and the value of the hardness is measured. The platen faces are polished smooth and precision-ground perpendicularly to the direction of movement. Perpendicularity is preserved during platen movement, and the mechanism is free of any bending or torsion displacements as the load is applied. The contact faces are larger than the area of contact with the tablet.
[0077] As tablet hardness decreases, tablet friability generally increases. But the inventors hereof have unexpectedly found that for the formulations described herein, soft-chew tablets with hardness values of less than 2 kp, or lower, tablet friability remains less than 1%. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 1%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a
friability of less than about 0.5%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test. Tn certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 0.5%, when measured in accordance with the USP friability test. In certain preferred embodiments, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, the soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process exhibit a friability of less than about 0.1% at 100-rotations (in accordance with the USP friability test), 200- rotations, and even 300-rotations.
[0078] The soft-chew tablets formed by the inventive process, as provided in the Examples included hereinbelow, maintain a characteristic selected from chewiness, hardness, compression energy, adhesion, cohesiveness, springiness, and modulus, and any combination of any two or more thereof (when measured by the texture analyzer as described in the Examples included hereinbelow) sufficient to provide a chewable texture.
[0079] In certain preferred embodiments, the soft-chew tablets of the present invention have a weight (i.e., mass) between about 0.1 g and about 10 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight between about 0.5 g and about 4.0 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight between about 0.1 g and about 3.0 g. In certain embodiments, the soft-chew tablet of the present invention has a weight of about 0.1 g and about 2.0 g. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the weight of the soft-chew tablet can be between about 0.1 and about 1.0 g; between about 1.1 g and about 2.0 g; between about 2.1 g and about 3.0 g; between about 3.0 g and 3.1 g and about 4.0 g; or between about 4.1 g and about 5.0 g.
[0080] The soft-chew tablets of the present invention may have a wide range of weights, dimensions, and shapes to adapt to the need of the target patient population.
[0081] The soft-chew tablets of the present invention can be packaged in bulk primary packaging, or as singular unit primary packaging.
[0082] Certain aspects of the present invention relate to a tablet compression tooling that provides an anti-sticking means for tablet formulations that are sticky and/or necessarily moist, such as lubricated granules. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the tablet compression tool assembly includes an upper punch, a lower punch, and a die.
[0083] In certain embodiments of the present invention, such as those depicted in FIGS. 1-6, the tablet compression tool assembly 1 includes an upper punch 3a, a lower punch 3b, and a die 5.
Each punch (3a, 3b) includes a head (7a, 7b), a neck (9a, 9b), a body (11 a, 11b), a stem (13a, 13b), and a punch tip (15a, 15b). The head (7a, 7b) includes a head flat, a head diameter, an outer head radius, and an under head angle. The neck (9a, 9b) is arranged adjacent the head (7a, 7b) and extends axially toward the body (Ila, lib) of the punch (3a, 3b). The body (Ila, 11b) typically includes one or more keyways to facilitate arrangement of the punch on the tablet compressing device. The stem (13a, 13b) projects axially from the punch body (Ila, 11b) and presents a receiver (17a, 17b) to facilitate arrangement of the punch tip (15a, 15b). One or more through holes 19 are located on the stem (13a, 13b), which align with complementary holes 21 in the body (23a, 23b) of the punch tip (15a, 15b) to facilitate fixed arrangement of the punch tip (15a, 15b) on the punch (3a, 3b) with fasteners 25. The punch tip (15a, 15b) includes a concave face (27a, 27b) presenting a cup depth. The face (27a, 27b) may include projections 29 to facilitate debossing numbers, letters, break lines, logos, and other designs into the surface of the tablet 31. The die 5 includes die faces 33 spaced-apart by a die body 35, an outer die radius, a die bore 37, and a bore insert (not shown) arranged within bore 37.
[0084] Compression tool assemblies of the present invention are not limited to the those depicted in FIGS. 1-6, and other compression tool assembly constructions are within the ambit of the present invention. For instance, in another preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 7, the punch 201 includes a head 203, neck 205, body 207, and a punch tip 209. Punch tip 209 is arranged to body 207 with fasteners 213.
[0085] In the preferred embodiments, the punch tips and bore insert are formed from a polymer material having the following characteristics: low friction, self-cleaning, durable, resistant to a wide range of temperatures, non-flammable, corrosion resistant, and/or providing suitable electrical resistance. For instance, in certain embodiments of the present invention, the punch tips and bore insert are made from PTFE, POM, Nylon cast, and combinations of thereof. Polymer die bore insert helps reduce friction between die and punch tips, which reduces the formation of film within the die bore when wet granules are being compressed.
[0086] In other embodiments of the present invention, the punch tips and bore insert are made from POM, which is a high-performance acetal resin with several suitable physical and mechanical properties. POM is a highly-crystalline engineered thermoplastic that is widely regarded for its durability, stiffness, and exceptional dimensional stability. Suitable POM materials are marketed under the brand name Delrin®.
[0087] POM sheet and rods come in many forms, filled and unfilled. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the punch tips and bore insert arc made from PTFE-fillcd copolymer Delrin, which provides outstanding durability. Often this copolymer material is used in the place of machined metal and plastics when good dimensional stability, minimal friction, and excellent resistance to wear are required. The PTFE-filled copolymer Delrin may be utilized under the present invention without any form of grease or lubricant. The white PTFE-filled copolymer Delrin complies with industry rules and regulations, such as those of the FDA.
[0088] In the preferred embodiments, as described in more detail in the Examples included hereinbelow, the compression force necessary to form the soft-chew tablets, of any shape and size, using polymer punch tips of the present invention is less than 4 kN, preferably less than 2 kN, and more preferably less than 1 kN.
[0089] In the trials where the polymer punch tips of the present invention were used, the occurrence of sticking/picking was greatly reduced relative to known anti-stick tooling assemblies. Tooling assemblies of the present invention enable, among other things, formation of compressed tablets from tablet formulations that are prone to sticking with a greatly reduced occurrence of sticking/picking .
[0090] Advantageously, soft-chew tablets formed in accordance with the present invention, among other things, may be packaged or further processed (e.g., tablet dusting or coating) immediately after compression, with no cure or hold time necessary.
[0091] Additional advantages of the various embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of the disclosure herein and the working examples below. It will be appreciated that the various embodiments described herein are not necessarily mutually exclusive unless otherwise indicated herein. For example, a feature described or depicted in one embodiment may also be included in other embodiments but is not necessarily included. Thus, the present disclosure encompasses a variety of combinations and/or integrations of the specific embodiments described herein.
EXAMPLES
[0092] The following working examples set forth preferred embodiments in accordance with the present invention. It is to be understood, however, that these examples are provided by way of illustration and nothing therein should be taken as a limitation upon the overall scope of the invention.
[0093] Example 1 : A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 1 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 1 are tabulated in Table 1 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process (i.e., the batch quantity) given in percent-by-weight (%w/w) and in milligrams. In Example 1, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 1 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 1 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 1 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0095] Procedure - Example 1
[0096] Step 1: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate were co-sifted using a No. 60 American Standard Test Sieve Series (ASTM).
[0097] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0098] Step 3: The batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate, flavor agent (tangerine), tingling flavor, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker, and carboxymethylcellulose calcium, along with about 77% of
the batch quantity of sucralose, about 53% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, and the sifted material of step 2, were sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0099] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0100] Step 5: The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 81% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 60% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0101] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0102] Step 7: The batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0103] Step 8: The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0104] Step 9: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0105] Step 10: The batch quantity of pure honey was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0106] Step 11: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0107] Step 12: The batch quantity of flavor agent (vanilla), along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
[0108] Step 13: The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0109] Step 14: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0110] Step 15: The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0111] Step 16: The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0112] Step 17: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0113] Step 18: The material of Step 17 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0114] Step 19: The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0115] Step 20: The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE”) punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side.
[0116] Step 21: The tablet from Step 20 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0117] Example 2: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 2 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 2 are tabulated in Table 2 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 2, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 2 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 2 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 2 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0119] Procedure - Example 2
[0120] Step 1: The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0121 ] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0122] Step 3: The batch quantities of maltodextrin, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, and corn starch, along with the sifted ingredients of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0123] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0124] Step 5: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0125] Step 6: The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0126] Step 7: The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0127] Step 8: The material of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0128] Step 9: The batch quantities of color agent and flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0129] Step 10: The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0130] Step 11: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was mixed for approximately 4- minutes.
[0131] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form uniform wet granules.
[0132] Step 13: The wet granules of Step 12 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0133] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0134] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0135] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0136] Example 3: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 3 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 3 are tabulated in Table 3 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 3, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 3 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 3 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 3 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0137]
[0138] Procedure - Example 3
[0139] Step 1: The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of acetone under continuous stirring.
[0140] Step 2: The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer, calcium gluconate, and magnesium oxide, along with about 35% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 1 under continuous stirring.
[0141] Step 3: The material of Step 2 was kept for drying.
[0142] Step 4: The dried material of Step 3 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
[0143] Step 5: The batch quantities of guar gum, mannitol, glucidex IT 12, croscarmellose sodium, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinatc, along with about 49% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 67% of the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate, about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), and the material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0144] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0145] Step 7: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0146] Step 8: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0147] Step 9: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0148] Step 10: The batch quantities of sodium gluconate, citric acid anhydrous, and flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0149] Step 11: The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0150] Step 12: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0151] Step 13: The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 under continuous mixing to form uniform wet granules.
[0152] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0153] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0154] Step 16: The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 (coated) was added to the granules of Step 15 under continuous mixing for approximately 2-minutes.
[0155] Step 17: The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0156] Step 18: The tablet from Step 17 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose and the remaining batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
[0157] Example 4: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 4 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 4 are tabulated in Table 4 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 4, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 4 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 4 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 4 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0159] Procedure - Example 4
[0160] Step 1: The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and phenylephrine HC1 were added to the batch quantity of acetone under continuous stirring.
[0161] Step 2: The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer and magnesium oxide, along with about 48% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were added to the mixture of Step 1 under continuous stirring.
[0162] Step 3: The material of Step 2 was kept for drying.
[0163] Step 4: The dried material of Step 3 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
[0164] Step 5: The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 57% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 74% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and the sifted ingredients of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0165] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0166] Step 7: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0167] Step 8: The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0168] Step 9: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0169] Step 10: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0170] Step 11: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0171] Step 12: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0172] Step 13: The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0173] Step 14: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0174] Step 15: The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream with intermittent racking.
[0175] Step 16: The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0176] Step 17: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing.
[0177] Step 18: The wet granules of Step 17 were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0178] Step 19: The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutcs.
[0179] Step 20: The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
[0180] Step 21: The tablet from Step 20 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0181] Example 5: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 5 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 5 are tabulated in Table 5 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 5, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 5 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 5 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 5 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0183] Procedure - Example 5
[0184] Step 1: The batch quantities of maltodextrin, croscarmellose sodium, guar gum, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 71% of the batch quantity of mannitol and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0185] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0186] Step 3: The remaining batch quantity of mannitol was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0187] Step 4: About 57% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0188] Step 5: The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 77% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 80 ASTM.
[0189] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 80 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0190] Step 7: The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0191] Step 8: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0192] Step 9: The material of Step 7 was added to the material of Step 8 under continuous stirring. [0193] Step 10: The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the material of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0194] Step 11: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0195] Step 12: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey), sucralose, and bitter blocker, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
[0196] Step 13: The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0197] Step 14: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0198] Step 15: The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0199] Step 16: The wet mass of Step 15 along with the sifted material of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules.
[0200] Step 17: The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0201] Step 18: The mixture of Step 6 was added to the granules of Step 17 and mixed uniformly. [0202] Step 19: The wet granules from Step 18 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) POM punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 1 kN to form a compressed tablet.
[0203] Step 20: The tablet from Step 19 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate and sucrose.
[0204] Example 6: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 6 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 6 are tabulated in Table 6 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 6, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 6 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 6 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 6 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0206] Procedure - Example 6
[0207] Step 1: The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 86% of the batch quantity of maltodextrin, about 58% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0208] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0209] Step 3: The remaining batch quantity of mannitol was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0210] Step 4: About 57% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0211] Step 5: The batch quantities of doxylamine succinate and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax, the remaining batch quantity of maltodextrin, about 35% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 27% of the batch quantity of neotame, and about 67% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 80 ASTM.
[0212] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 80 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0213] Step 7: The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0214] Step 8: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0215] Step 9: The material of Step 7 was added to the material of Step 8 under continuous stirring. [0216] Step 10: The batch quantity of phenylephrine HC1 was added to the material of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0217] Step 11: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0218] Step 12: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol), along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey), neotame, and bitter blocker, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
[0219] Step 13: The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0220] Step 14: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0221] Step 15: The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0222] Step 16: The wet mass of Step 15 along with the sifted material of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules.
[0223] Step 17: The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0224] Step 18: The mixture of Step 6 was added to the granules of Step 17 and mixed uniformly.
[0225] Step 19: The wet granules from Step 18 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0226] Step 20: The tablet from Step 19 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate and sucrose.
[0227] Example 7: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 7 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 7 are tabulated in Table 7 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 7, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 7 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 7 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 7 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0229] Procedure - Example 7
[0230] Step 1: The batch quantities of sorbitol powder, milk powder, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0231] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0232] Step 3: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0233] Step 4: The batch quantities of propyl gallate and BHA were added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0234] Step 5: The batch quantity of BHT was added to the batch quantity of light mineral oil under continuous stirring.
[0235] Step 6: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0236] Step 7: The material of Step 4 and the material of Step 5 were slowly added to the material of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0237] Step 8: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0238] Step 9: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1, doxylamine succinate, sodium gluconate, neotame, flavor agent (menthol), and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0239] Step 10: The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0240] Step 11: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0241] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0242] Step 13: The wet mass of Step 12 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
[0243] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0244] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0245] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
[0246] Example 8: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 8 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 8 are tabulated in Table 8 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-
by-weight and in milligrams. Tn Example 8, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylaminc succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 8 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 8 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 8 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0248] Procedure - Example 8
[0249] Step 1: The batch quantities of sorbitol powder, maltodextrin, croscarmellose sodium, mannitol, partially pregelatinized starch, and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0250] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0251] Step 3: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0252] Step 4: The batch quantities of propyl gallate and BHA were added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0253] Step 5: The batch quantity of BHT was added to the batch quantity of light mineral oil under continuous stirring.
[0254] Step 6: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0255] Step 7: The material of Step 4 and the material of Step 5 were slowly added to the material of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0256] Step 8: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0257] Step 9: The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol), sodium gluconate, edetate disodium, and bitter blocker were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0258] Step 10: The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0259] Step 11: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0260] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0261] Step 13: The wet mass of Step 12 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
[0262] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0263] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0264] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
[0265] Example 9: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 9 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 9 are tabulated in Table 9 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 9, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and
doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 9 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 9 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 9 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0267] Procedure - Example 9
[0268] Step 1: The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate monohydrate, color agent, croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, dried glucose syrup, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 14% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 57% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 73% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0269] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0270] Step 3: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 43% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0271] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0272] Step 5: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0273] Step 6: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0274] Step 7: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0275] Step 8: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0276] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0277] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0278] Step 11: The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0279] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0280] Step 13: The wet mass of Step 12, along with about 75% of the extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0281] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13, along with the remaining extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were co-sifted with a No. 8 ASTM.
[0282] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were sifted a second time using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0283] Step 16: The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutcs.
[0284] Step 17: The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with a compression force of 4 kN, to form a compressed tablet to form a compressed tablet.
[0285] Step 18: The tablet from Step 17 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0286] Example 10: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 10 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 10 are tabulated in Table 10 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 10, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 10 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 10 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 10 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0288] Procedure - Example 10
[0289] Step 1: The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (vanilla), phenylephrine HC1, sodium bicarbonate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 60% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 73% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0290] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0291 ] Step 3: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of milk powder and mannitol, and about 27% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were cosifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0292] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0293] Step 5: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0294] Step 6: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0295] Step 7: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0296] Step 8: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0297] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0298] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0299] Step 11: The batch quantity of propylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0300] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0301] Step 13: The wet mass of Step 12, along with about 75% of the extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0302] Step 14: The granules of Step 13, along with the remaining extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4, were co-sifted with a No. 8 ASTM.
[0303] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were sifted a second time using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0304] Step 16: The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutcs.
[0305] Step 17: The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches, each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) POM punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), and a die with a POM die bore insert, to form a compressed tablet.
[0306] Step 18: The tablet from Step 17 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0307] Example 11: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 11 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 11 are tabulated in Table 11 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent- by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 11, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 11 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 11 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 11 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0309] Procedure - Example 11
[0310] Step 1: The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, mannitol, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey) and about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were cosifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0311] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0312] Step 3: The batch quantity of stearic acid was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0313] Step 4: The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0314] Step 5: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 4 under continuous stirring.
[0315] Step 6: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
[0316] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0317] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0318] Step 9: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0319] Step 10: The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
[0320] Step 11: The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0321] Step 12: The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
[0322] Step 13: The tablet from Step 12 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0323] Example 12: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 12 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 12 are tabulated in Table 12 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 12, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 12 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 12 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 12 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0325] Procedure - Example 12
[0326] Step 1: The batch quantities of croscarmellose sodium, doxylamine succinate, mannitol, phenylephrine HC1, sodium gluconate, and sorbitol powder, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 45% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0327] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0328] Step 3: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0329] Step 4: The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0330] Step 5: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 4 under continuous stirring.
[0331] Step 6: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
[0332] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0333] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutcs.
[0334] Step 9: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0335] Step 10: The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules, which were collected in a tray.
[0336] Step 11: The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 3 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0337] Step 12: The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0338] Step 13: The tablet from Step 12 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0339] Example 13: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 13 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 13 are tabulated in Table 13 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 13, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 13 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 13 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 13 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0341] Procedure - Example 13
[0342] Step 1: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate were cosifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
[0343] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0344] Step 3: The batch quantities of sodium bicarbonate, flavor agent (tangerine), tingling flavor, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 92% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 43% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM. [0345] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0346] Step 5: The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, croscarmellose sodium, and sorbitol powder, along with about 77% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 66% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 4, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0347] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0348] Step 7: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co- sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0349] Step 8: The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0350] Step 9: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0351] Step 10: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0352] Step 11: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0353] Step 12: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose, along with the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, were added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
[0354] Step 13: The mixture of Step 12 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0355] Step 14: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0356] Step 15: The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 14 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0357] Step 16: The uniform dispersion of Step 13 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 15 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0358] Step 17: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 8 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 16 under continuous mixing.
[0359] Step 18: The material of Step 17 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0360] Step 19: The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutcs.
[0361] Step 20: The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 13mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
[0362] Step 21: The tablet from Step 20 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0363] Example 14: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 14 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 14 are tabulated in Table 14 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 14, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 14 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 14 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 14 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0365] Procedure - Example 14
[0366] Step 1: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium bicarbonate, calcium gluconate, and bitter blocker, along with about 90% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0367] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0368] Step 3: The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 65% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0369] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0370] Step 5: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0371] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0372] Step 7: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0373] Step 8: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0374] Step 9: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0375] Step 10: The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0376] Step 11: The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0377] Step 12: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0378] Step 13: The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0379] Step 14: The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0380] Step 15: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0381] Step 16: The material of Step 15 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0382] Step 17: The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0383] Step 18: The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 13mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
[0384] Step 19: The tablet from Step 18 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0385] Example 15: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 15 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 15 are tabulated in Table 15 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 15, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 15 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of
brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 15 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 15 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0387] Procedure - Example 15
[0388] Step 1: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium bicarbonate, calcium gluconate, and bitter blocker, along with about 84% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0389] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0390] Step 3: The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 50% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 62% of the batch quantity of mannitol, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0391] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0392] Step 5: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and milk powder, and about 38% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0393] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0394] Step 7: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0395] Step 8: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0396] Step 9: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0397] Step 10: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0398] Step 11: The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0399] Step 12: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0400] Step 13: The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0401 ] Step 14: The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0402] Step 15: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0403] Step 16: The material of Step 15 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0404] Step 17: The wet granules of Step 16 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0405] Step 18: The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip to form a compressed tablet.
[0406] Step 19: The tablet from Step 18 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0407] Example 16: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 16 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 16 are tabulated in Table 16 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 16, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 16 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 16 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 16 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0409] Procedure - Example 16
[0410] Step 1: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate and phenylephrine HC1, along with about 75% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 67% of the batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0411] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0412] Step 3: The batch quantities of bitter blocker, maltodextrin, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 61% of the batch quantity of mannitol, about 74% of the batch quantity of guar gum, and the sifted material of Step 2, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0413] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0414] Step 5: The batch quantities of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate and citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantities of mannitol and guar gum, and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0415] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0416] Step 7: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0417] Step 8: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0418] Step 9: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0419] Step 10: The remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0420] Step 11: The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0421] Step 12: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0422] Step 13: The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
[0423] Step 14: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
[0424] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 7 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0425] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0426] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkle coated using the remaining batch quantity of sodium bicarbonate.
[0427] Example 17: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 17 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 17 are tabulated in Table 17 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 17, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 17 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.0 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 17 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 17 can be used to make more soft-
chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0429] Procedure - Example 17
[0430] Step 1: The batch quantities of maltodextrin, sorbitol powder, partially pregelatinized starch, croscarmellose sodium, and color agent, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0431] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0432] Step 3: The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of mannitol and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0433] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an cxtragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0434] Step 5: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0435] Step 6: The batch quantity of propyl gallate was added to the batch quantity of propylene glycol under continuous stirring.
[0436] Step 7: The batch quantity of sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0437] Step 8: The material of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 7 under continuous stirring. [0438] Step 9: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate and phenylephrine HC1 were added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0439] Step 10: The batch quantities of bitter blocker, neotame, sodium bicarbonate, and flavor agent (menthol freeze), along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0440] Step 11: The mixture of Step 10 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0441] Step 12: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0442] Step 13: The uniform dispersion of Step 11 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
[0443] Step 14: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
[0444] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0445] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 18mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0446] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkle coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar. [0447] Example 18: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 18 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 18 are tabulated in Table 18 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in
percent-by-weight and in milligrams. Tn Example 18, the active ingredients are diphenhydramine HC1 and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 18 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 338 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 18 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 18 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0449] Procedure - Example 18
[0450] Step 1: The batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 78% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 82% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0451] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0452] Step 3: The remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and partially pregelatinized starch, along with about 37% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous and about 57% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM. [0453] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0454] Step 5: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0455] Step 6: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0456] Step 7: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0457] Step 8: The remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), along with about 26% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring. [0458] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0459] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0460] Step 11: The batch quantity of com oil was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0461] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0462] Step 13: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0463] Step 14: The material of Step 13 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0464] Step 15: The granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0465] Step 16: The batch quantity of magnesium stearate was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and mixed with the pre-lubricated material of Step 15 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender. [0466] Step 17: The batch quantities of acetaminophen (coated) and diphenhydramine HC1 (coated), along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and citric acid anhydrous, and the lubricated wet granules of Step 16, were sifted using a No. 8 ASTM.
[0467] Step 18: The wet granules from Step 17 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx.
22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CT” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0468] Example 19: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 19 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 19 are tabulated in Table 19 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 19, the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 19 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 338 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 19 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 19 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0470] Procedure - Example 19
[0471] Step 1: The batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, along with about 83% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 78% of the batch quantity of milk powder, and about 82% of the batch quantity of mannitol, were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0472] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0473] Step 3: The remaining batch quantities of mannitol, milk powder, and partially pregelatinized starch, along with about 37% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous and about 57 % of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM. [0474] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0475] Step 5: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0476] Step 6: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0477] Step 7: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0478] Step 8: The remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), along with about 31% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring. [0479] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0480] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0481] Step 11: The batch quantity of com oil was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0482] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0483] Step 13: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0484] Step 14: The material of Step 13 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0485] Step 15: The granules of Step 14 were pre-lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender.
[0486] Step 16: The batch quantity of magnesium stearate was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and mixed with the pre-lubricated material of Step 15 for approximately 2-minutes in a multi-blender. [0487] Step 17: The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr base was added to the acetone under continuous stirring.
[0488] Step 18: The batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer and calcium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 17 under continuous stirring.
[0489] Step 19: The batch quantity of magnesium oxide was added to the uniform dispersion of Step 18 and allowed to dry.
[0490] Step 20: The dried material of Step 19 was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0491] Step 21: The batch quantity of acetaminophen (coated), along with the remaining batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, the material of Step 20, and the granules of Step 16, were mixed in a polybag and co-sifted using a No. 8 ASTM.
[0492] Step 22: The wet granules from Step 21 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 22mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letters “CI” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0493] Example 20: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 20 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 20 are tabulated in Table 20 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 20, the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 20 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 20 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 20 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0495] Procedure - Example 20
[0496] Step 1: The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sucralose, calcium gluconate, bitter blocker powder, milk powder, dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, flavor agent (apple cinnamon), croscarmellose sodium, color agent, and mannitol, along with about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0497] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a container.
[0498] Step 3: The batch quantities of acetaminophen and polyethylene glycol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0499] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0500] Step 5: The batch quantity of crospovidone was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0501] Step 6: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0502] Step 7: The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, amino methacrylate copolymer, and ncotamc were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0503] Step 8: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0504] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0505] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0506] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0507] Step 12: The sifted material of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on), and the discharged material was collected on a tray.
[0508] Step 13: The material of Step 12 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0509] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0510] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0511] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0512] Example 21: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 21 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 21 are tabulated in Table 21 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 21, the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 21 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.3 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 21 corresponds to the
formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 21 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0514] Procedure - Example 21
[0515] Step 1: The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, citric acid anhydrous, color agent, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (apple), flavor agent (cinnamon), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 46% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0516] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0517] Step 3: The batch quantities of acetaminophen and malic acid, along with about 36% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 23% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, and about 40% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0518] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0519] Step 5: The remaining batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0520] Step 6: The sifted ingredients of Step 5 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0521] Step 7: The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, pea maltodextrin, calcium gluconate, and sodium gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantities of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and bitter blocker, and about 51% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were cosifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
[0522] Step 8: The sifted ingredients of Step 7 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0523] Step 9: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0524] Step 10: The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0525] Step 11: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0526] Step 12: The mixture of Step 11 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0527] Step 13: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 10- minutes.
[0528] Step 14: The uniform dispersion of Step 12 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 13 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
[0529] Step 15: The mixture of Step 4 was added to the wet mass of Step 14 under continuous mixing.
[0530] Step 16: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 6 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 15 under continuous mixing.
[0531] Step 17 : The material of Step 16 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a polybag. [0532] Step 18: The mixture of Step 8 was added to the wet mass of Step 18 under continuous mixing.
[0533] Step 19: The wet granules of Step 18 were lubricated using the material of Step 9 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0534] Step 20: The wet granules from Step 19 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0535] Step 21: The tablet from Step 20 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0536] Example 22: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 22 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 22 are tabulated in Table 22 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 22, the active ingredients are diphenhydramine HC1 and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 22 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 22 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 22 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0538] Procedure - Example 22
[0539] Step 1: The batch quantities of bitter blocker, calcium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, color agent, croscarmellose sodium, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 22% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (apple cinnamon), and about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0540] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0541] Step 3: The batch quantities of acetaminophen and polyethylene glycol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0542] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0543] Step 5: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of sucralose and flavor agent (apple cinnamon), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0544] Step 6: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0545] Step 7: The batch quantities of diphenhydramine HC1, amino methacrylate copolymer, and neotame were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0546] Step 8: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0547] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0548] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0549] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0550] Step 12: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing.
[0551] Step 13: The material of Step 12 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0552] Step 14: The wet granules of Step 13 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0553] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 0.5 kN to form a compressed tablet.
[0554] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0555] Example 23: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 23 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 23 are tabulated in Table 23 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent -by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 23, the active ingredient is diphenhydramine gluconate and acetaminophen. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 23 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.5 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 23 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 23 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0557] Procedure - Example 23
[0558] Step 1 : The batch quantities of dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), milk powder, mannitol, color agent, and citric acid anhydrous were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0559] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0560] Step 3: The batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0561] Step 4: The batch quantities of acetaminophen, diphenhydramine HC1, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 86% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0562] Step 5: The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0563] Step 6: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0564] Step 7: The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0565] Step 8: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0566] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0567] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 5- minutes.
[0568] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
[0569] Step 12: The sifted material of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform wet granules.
[0570] Step 13: The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0571] Step 14: The material of Step 5 was added to the material of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
[0572] Step 15: The wet granules from Step 14 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0573] Step 16: The tablet from Step 15 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0574] Example 24: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 24 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 24 are tabulated in Table 24 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 24, the active ingredient is dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 24 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 24
corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 24 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0576] Procedure - Example 24
[0577] Step 1: The batch quantities of sucralose, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, bitter blocker powder, milk powder, calcium gluconate, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, sorbitol powder, and croscarmellose sodium, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, about 50% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), and about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0578] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0579] Step 3: The batch quantity of crospovidone, along with the remaining batch quantities of citric acid anhydrous and flavor agent (menthol freeze), and about 66% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0580] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0581] Step 5: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0582] Step 6: The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0583] Step 7: The batch quantities of neotame and amino methacrylate copolymer were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0584] Step 8: The batch quantities of color agent (FD&C blue) and color agent (FD&C red), along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0585] Step 9: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0586] Step 10: The mixture of Step 9 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0587] Step 11: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0588] Step 12: The batch quantity of polyethylene glycol 600 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking.
[0589] Step 13: The uniform dispersion of Step 10 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 12 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0590] Step 14: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
[0591 ] Step 15: The material of Step 14 was passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm screen, the knife was in the forward position, and the speed setting was slow.
[0592] Step 16: The wet granules of Step 15 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0593] Step 17: The wet granules from Step 16 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0594] Step 18: The tablet from Step 17 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0595] Example 25: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 25 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 25 are tabulated in Table 25 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 25, the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 25 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 25 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 25 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0597] Procedure - Example 25
[0598] Step 1: The batch quantities of carboxy methylcellulose calcium, color agent (FD&C blue), color agent (FD&C red), dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (menthol freeze), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 45% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, about 51% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 29% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), and about 46% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0599] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0600] Step 3: The remaining batch quantities of crospovidone and silicified microcrystalline cellulose were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0601] Step 4: The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, dextromethorphan HBr, maltodextrin, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sodium gluconate, along with about 75% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker and about 40% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
[0602] Step 5: The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0603] Step 6: The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate, along with about 40% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0604] Step 7: The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0605] Step 8: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (honey) and flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 7 under continuous stirring.
[0606] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0607] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 5- minutes.
[0608] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream to form a wet mass.
[0609] Step 12: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing and then sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form uniform granules. [0610] Step 13: The mixture of Step 5 was added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
[0611] Step 14: The mixture of Step 6 was added to the material of Step 13 under continuous mixing.
[0612] Step 15 : The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax for approximately 2-minutcs.
[0613] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0614] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0615] Example 26: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 26 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 26 are tabulated in Table 26 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 26, the active ingredients are guaifenesin and dextromethorphan HBr. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 26 has an active strength of guaifenesin of approximately 100 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 3.65 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 26 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 26 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0617] Procedure - Example 26
[0618] Step 1 : The batch quantities of bitter blocker, croscarmellose sodium, flavor agent (orange), guaifenesin, and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer, about 60% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 74% of the batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, about 75% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 37% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), about 67% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 51% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM. [0619] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0620] Step 3: The batch quantity of sodium gluconate, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), about 37% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and the remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and dried glucose syrup, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0621] Step 4: The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, maltodextrin, and calcium gluconate, along with about 29% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate (solid), were co-sifted using a No. 60 ASTM.
[0622] Step 5: The sifted ingredients of Step 4 were sifted a second time with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0623] Step 6: The remaining batch quantity of sucralose was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0624] Step 7: The remaining batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer was added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0625] Step 8: The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0626] Step 9: The batch quantity of ethanol was added to the mixture of Step 8 under continuous stirring.
[0627] Step 10: The batch quantity of carboxymethylcellulose calcium was added to the mixture of Step 9 under continuous stirring.
[0628] Step 11 : The batch quantities of zinc gluconate, neotame, sodium chloride, bitter blocker (solid), monoammonium glycyrrhizinatc (liquid), and flavor agent (peppermint) were added to the mixture of Step 10 under continuous stirring.
[0629] Step 12: The batch quantity of polyvinylpyrrolidone K30 was added to the mixture of Step 11 under continuous stirring.
[0630] Step 13: The batch quantity of bitter blocker (liquid) and the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) were added to the mixture of Step 12 under continuous stirring.
[0631] Step 14: The batch quantity of color agent (FD&C yellow) was added to the mixture of Step 13 under continuous stirring.
[0632] Step 15: The mixture of Step 14 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0633] Step 16: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 10- minutes.
[0634] Step 17: The uniform dispersion of Step 15 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 16 in a thin stream with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0635] Step 18: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was added to the wet mass of Step 17 under continuous mixing.
[0636] Step 19: The mixture of Step 4 was added to the material of Step 18 under continuous mixing.
[0637] Step 20: The wet granules of Step 19 were lubricated using the remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax for approximately 2-minutes.
[0638] Step 21: The wet granules from Step 20 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0639] Step 22: The tablet from Step 21 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0640] Example 27: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 27 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 27 are tabulated in Table 27 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 27, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 27 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine
succinate of about 12.50 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 27 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 27 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0642] Procedure - Example 27
[0643] Step 1: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sucralose, sodium chloride, sodium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0644] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0645] Step 3: The batch quantities of hydrogenated vegetable oil and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0646] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0647] Step 5: The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0648] Step 6: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0649] Step 7: The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol freeze), bitter blocker, BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0650] Step 8: The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0651] Step 9: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0652] Step 10: The material of Step 5 was added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
[0653] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0654] Step 12: The wet mass of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0655] Step 13: The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0656] Step 14: The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0657] Step 15: The tablet from Step 14 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0658] Example 28: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 28 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 28 are tabulated in Table 28 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 28, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 28 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 12.50 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 28 corresponds to
the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 28 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0660] Procedure - Example 28
[0661] Step 1: The batch quantities of phenylephrine HC1, sucralose, sodium chloride, sodium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, partially pregelatinized starch, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 30 ASTM.
[0662] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0663] Step 3: The batch quantities of hydrogenated vegetable oil and flavor agent (honey) were co-sifted with a No. 30 ASTM.
[0664] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 3 were sifted a second time with a No. 30 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0665] Step 5: The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate was added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0666] Step 6: The batch quantity of color agent was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0667] Step 7: The batch quantities of neotame, flavor agent (menthol freeze), bitter blocker, BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium were added to the mixture of Step 6 under continuous stirring.
[0668] Step 8: The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0669] Step 9: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0670] Step 10: The material of Step 5 was added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
[0671] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0672] Step 12: The wet mass of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0673] Step 13: The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0674] Step 14: The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0675] Step 15: The tablet from Step 14 was coated using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0676] Example 29: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 29 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 29 are tabulated in Table 29 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 29, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 29 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 29
corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 29 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0678] Procedure - Example 29
[0679] Step 1 : The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, sucralose, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0680] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0681] Step 3: The batch quantity of hydrogenated vegetable oil was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0682] Step 4: The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0683] Step 5: The batch quantity of neotame was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0684] Step 6: The batch quantities of flavor agent (menthol freeze), BHA, BHT, edetate disodium, and flavor agent (mixed berry) were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
[0685] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0686] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0687] Step 9: The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
[0688] Step 10: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0689] Step 11: The wet mass of Step 10 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0690] Step 12: The wet granules of Step 11 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0691] Step 13: The wet granules from Step 12 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, with a compression force of 2 kN to form a compressed tablet.
[0692] Step 14: The tablet from Step 13 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0693] Example 30: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 30 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 30 are tabulated in Table 30 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 30, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 30 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 30 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 30 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0695] Procedure - Example 30
[0696] Step 1: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, sucralose, phenylephrine HC1, sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0697] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0698] Step 3: The batch quantity of hydrogenated vegetable oil was sifted with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0699] Step 4: The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0700] Step 5: The batch quantity of neotame was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0701] Step 6: The batch quantities of flavor agent (menthol freeze), BHA, BHT, edetate disodium, and flavor agent (mixed berry) were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
[0702] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0703] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutcs.
[0704] Step 9: The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing.
[0705] Step 10: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0706] Step 11: The wet mass of Step 10 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0707] Step 12: The wet granules of Step 11 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0708] Step 13: The wet granules from Step 12 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0709] Step 14: The tablet from Step 13 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0710] Example 31: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 31 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 31 are tabulated in Table 31 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 31, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and brompheniramine maleate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 31 has an active strength of phenylephrine HC1 of approximately 10 mg and an active strength of brompheniramine maleate of about 4.00 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 31 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 31 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0712] Procedure - Example 31
[0713] Step 1: The batch quantities of brompheniramine maleate, phenylephrine HC1 (coated), sodium gluconate, color agent (FD&C red), sorbitol powder, croscarmellose sodium, and mannitol, along with about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 33% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0714] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0715] Step 3: The batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0716] Step 4: The sifted material of Step 3 was sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0717] Step 5: The batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze) was added to the batch quantity of maltitol solution under continuous stirring.
[0718] Step 6: The batch quantities of BHA, BHT, and edetate disodium, along with the remaining batch quantities of flavor agent (mixed berry) and sucralose, were added to the mixture of Step 5 under continuous stirring.
[0719] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0720] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was mixed for approximately 2- minutes.
[0721 ] Step 9: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream under continuous mixing to form a wet mass.
[0722] Step 10: The wet mass of Step 9 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0723] Step 11: The wet granules of Step 10 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0724] Step 12: The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “P” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0725] Step 13: The tablet from Step 12 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of fine sugar.
[0726] Example 32: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 32 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 32 are tabulated in Table 32 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 32, the active ingredients are acetaminophen and dextromethorphan HBr. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 32 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.30 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 32 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 32 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0728] Procedure - Example 32
[0729] Step 1 : The batch quantities of color agent, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), citric acid anhydrous, milk powder, dried glucose syrup, sorbitol powder, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, maltodextrin, calcium gluconate, and mannitol, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 38% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0730] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0731] Step 3: The batch quantities of acetaminophen, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 82% of the batch quantity of sucralose and about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0732] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and the sifted ingredients of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0733] Step 5: The remaining batch quantities of silicified microcr stalline cellulose and crospovidone were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0734] Step 6: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0735] Step 7: The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr, along with the remaining batch quantities of bitter blocker and sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0736] Step 8: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0737] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0738] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0739] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
[0740] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0741] Step 13: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
[0742] Step 14: The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0743] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0744] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) cast nylon punch tip (length not less than 2.00 mm), with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0745] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0746] Example 33: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 33 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 33 are tabulated in Table 33 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 33, the active ingredients are phenylephrine HC1 and diphenhydramine HC1. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 33 has an active strength of acetaminophen of approximately 325 mg and an active strength of diphenhydramine HC1 of about 12.50 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 33 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 33 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0748] Procedure - Example 33
[0749] Step 1 : The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, citric acid anhydrous, color agent, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (cinnamon), flavor agent (apple), maltodextrin, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 54% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 38% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 67% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0750] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM.
[0751] Step 3: The batch quantities of acetaminophen, sodium gluconate, malic acid, and monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker and about 74% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0752] Step 4: The sifted ingredients of Step 2 and the sifted ingredients of Step 3 were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0753] Step 5: The remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose and crospovidone were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0754] Step 6: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0755] Step 7: The batch quantity of diphenhydramine HC1 along with about 12% of the batch quantity of sucralose and the remaining batch quantity of bitter blocker, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0756] Step 8: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring. [0757] Step 9: The mixture of Step 8 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0758] Step 10: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0759] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
[0760] Step 12: The uniform dispersion of Step 9 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 11 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0761] Step 13: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 5 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
[0762] Step 14: The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0763] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 6 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0764] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0765] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was sprinkled using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0766] Example 34: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 34 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 34 are tabulated in Table 34 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 34, the active ingredients are dextromethorphan HBr and doxylamine succinate. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 34 has an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of approximately 11 mg and an active strength of doxylamine succinate of about 6.25 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 34 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 34 can be used to make more soft- chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0768] Procedure - Example 34
[0769] Step 1 : The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, dried glucose syrup, flavor agent (menthol freeze), mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 42% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 91% of the batch quantity of color agent (FD&C blue), about 91% of the batch quantity of color agent (FD&C red), about 34% of the batch quantity of crospovidone, about 51% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (honey), about 29% of the batch
quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), and about 67% of the batch quantity of silicified microcry stallinc cellulose, were co-siftcd using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0770] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0771] Step 3: The batch quantities of dextromethorphan HBr, monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, calcium gluconate, and maltodextrin, along with about 50% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, about 61% of the batch quantity of sucralose, about 60% of the batch quantity of sodium gluconate, and the remaining batch quantities of color agent (FD&C blue) and color agent (FD&C red), were co-sifted with a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0772] Step 4: The remaining batch quantities of crospovidone, flavor agent (honey), flavor agent (mixed berry), and silicified microcrystalline cellulose were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0773] Step 5: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0774] Step 6: The batch quantity of doxylamine succinate, along with the remaining batch quantities of bitter blocker and sodium gluconate, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0775] Step 7: The batch quantity of non-crystallizing sorbitol solution, along with the remaining batch quantity of sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring. [0776] Step 8: The mixture of Step 7 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0777] Step 9: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0778] Step 10: The uniform dispersion of Step 6 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
[0779] Step 11: The uniform dispersion of Step 8 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 10 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0780] Step 12: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 4 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 11 under continuous mixing.
[0781 ] Step 13: The material of Step 3 was added to the material of Step 12 under continuous mixing.
[0782] Step 14: The material of Step 13 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM to form wet granules that were collected in a tray.
[0783] Step 15: The wet granules of Step 14 were lubricated using the material of Step 5 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0784] Step 16: The wet granules from Step 15 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “R” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0785] Step 17: The tablet from Step 16 was coated using the batch quantity of sucrose.
[0786] Example 35: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 35 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 35 are tabulated in Table 35 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 35, the active ingredients are guaifenesin and dextromethorphan HBr. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 35 has an active strength of guaifenesin of approximately 100 mg and an active strength of dextromethorphan HBr of about 7.30 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 35 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 35 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0788] Procedure - Example 35
[0789] Step 1: The batch quantities of calcium gluconate, croscarmellose sodium, flavor agent (orange), guaifenesin, maltodextrin, and sodium bicarbonate, along with about 60% of the batch quantity of amino methacrylate copolymer, about 60% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, about
67% of the batch quantity of carnauba wax, about 75% of the batch quantity of dried glucose syrup, about 75% of the batch quantity of milk powder, about 47% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, about 67% of the batch quantity of partially pregelatinized starch, about 50% of the batch quantity of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, and about 16% of the batch quantity of sucralose, were co-sifted using a No. 40 ASTM.
[0790] Step 2: The sifted ingredients of Step 1 were sifted a second time with a No. 40 ASTM to form an intragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0791] Step 3: The batch quantity of sodium gluconate, along with about 70% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (menthol freeze), about 27% of the batch quantity of monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, about 69% of the batch quantity of sucralose, and the remaining batch quantities of silicified microcrystalline cellulose, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and dried glucose syrup, were co-sifted with a No. 40 ASTM to form an extragranular ingredient mixture, which was collected in a polybag.
[0792] Step 4: The remaining batch quantity of carnauba wax was sifted using a No. 60 ASTM and collected in a polybag.
[0793] Step 5: The batch quantity of dextromethorphan HBr, along with about 20% of the batch quantity of bitter blocker, were added to the batch quantity of simethicone under continuous stirring.
[0794] Step 6: The batch quantities of carboxymethylcellulose calcium, color agent (FD&C yellow), ethanol, flavor agent (peppermint), polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, neotame, sodium chloride, and zinc gluconate, along with the remaining batch quantities of amino methacrylate copolymer, bitter blocker, flavor agent (menthol freeze), monoammonium glycyrrhizinate, and sucralose, were added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0795] Step 7: The mixture of Step 6 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0796] Step 8: The intragranular ingredient mixture of Step 2 was transferred to a rapid mixer granulator (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper off) and mixed for approximately 10-minutes.
[0797] Step 9: The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 8 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on).
[0798] Step 10: The uniform dispersion of Step 7 was slowly added to the mixture of Step 9 in a thin stream (with the impeller set to a slow speed and the chopper on) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0799] Step 11: The extragranular ingredient mixture of Step 3 was slowly added to the wet mass of Step 10 under continuous mixing.
[0800] Step 12: The material of Step 11 was sifted using a No. 8 ASTM and collected in a tray.
[0801] Step 13: The wet granules of Step 12 were lubricated using the material of Step 4 for approximately 2-minutes.
[0802] Step 14: The wet granules from Step 13 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a round-shaped (diameter of approx. 20mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the letter “T” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0803] Example 36: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 36 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 36 are tabulated in Table 36 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 36, the active ingredient is simethicone. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 36 has an active strength of simethicone of approximately 250 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 36 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 36 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0805] Procedure - Example 36
[0806] Step 1: The batch quantities of carnauba wax, color agent (FD&C red), croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, partially pregelatinized starch, and sorbitol powder, along with about 56% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were placed in a rapid mixer granulator under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 50 RPM and the chopper off.
[0807] Step 2: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0808] Step 3: The batch quantity of sucralose was added to the mixture of Step 2 under continuous stirring.
[0809] Step 4: The batch quantity of citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 3 under continuous stirring. [0810] Step 5: The mixture of Step 4 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0811 ] Step 6: The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 1 in a thin stream under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
[0812] Step 7: The material of Step 6 was mixed for an additional 2.5-minutes with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
[0813] Step 8: The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the material of Step 7 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0814] Step 9: The wet mass of Step 8 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
[0815] Step 10: The granules of Step 9 were passed through a cone mill to form milled wet granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 3mm square shaped screen.
[0816] Step 11: The wet granules from Step 10 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a square-shaped (approx. 15.3mm by 15.3mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the having the number “7” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0817] Step 12: The tablet from Step 11 was coated using the batch quantity of sugar.
[0818] Example 37: A process for making soft-chew tablets in accordance with certain aspects of the present invention is provided in Example 37 below. The ingredients corresponding to Example 37 are tabulated in Table 37 with the amount of each ingredient used in the process given in percent-by-weight and in milligrams. In Example 37, the active ingredients are simethicone. Each soft-chew tablet formed by the process of Example 37 has an active strength of simethicone of approximately 250 mg. The amount of each ingredient provided in Table 37 corresponds to the formation of a single soft-chew tablet; however, as should be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art, the principles of Example 37 can be used to make more soft-chew tablets by proportionally increasing the amount of the ingredients as necessary to produce the desired quantity of soft-chew tablets.
[0820] Procedure - Example 37
[0821] Step 1: The batch quantities of crospovidone, dried glucose syrup, mannitol, milk powder, and sorbitol powder, along with about 56% of the batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were placed in a rapid mixer granulator under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 50 RPM and the chopper off.
[0822] Step 2: The batch quantity of maltitol solution was added to the batch quantity of glycerin under continuous stirring.
[0823] Step 3: The batch quantity of sucralose was added to the mixture of Step 2 under continuous stirring.
[0824] Step 4: The batch quantities of color agent (FD&C red) and citric acid anhydrous, along with the remaining batch quantity of flavor agent (mixed berry), were added to the mixture of Step 3 under continuous stirring.
[0825] Step 5: The mixture of Step 4 was stirred until a uniform dispersion was formed.
[0826] Step 6: The batch quantity of simethicone was slowly added to the mixture of Step 1 in a thin stream under continuous mixing with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
[0827] Step 7: The material of Step 6 was mixed for an additional 2.5-minutes with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM.
[0828] Step 8: The uniform dispersion of Step 5 was slowly added to the material of Step 7 in a thin stream under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM) with intermittent racking to form a wet mass.
[0829] Step 9: The batch quantities of carnauba wax, croscarmellose sodium, and partially pregelatinized starch were added to the wet mass of Step 8 under continuous mixing (with the impeller speed set at 100 RPM and the chopper speed set at 1200 RPM).
[0830] Step 10: The material of Step 9 was passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
[0831] Step 11: The wet granules of Step 10 were passed through a cone mill to form milled granules. The cone mill was fitted with a 4mm square shaped screen.
[0832] Step 12: The wet granules from Step 11 were compressed using a rotary tablet press equipped with upper and lower punches each including a square-shaped (approx. 15.3mm by 15.3mm) PTFE punch tip, with one of the punch tips having the having the number “7” embossed on one side, to form a compressed tablet.
[0833] Step 13: The tablet from Step 12 was coated using the batch quantity of sugar.
ANALYSIS
[0834] The results of a product characterization analysis performed on the soft chewable tablets formed in accordance with the Examples provided herein is summarized in Table D 1. Table D 1 provides information pertaining to the product characterization analysis of the soft chewable tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after compression.
[0836] A texture analysis was performed on the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the Examples provided therein using a CT3 Texture Analyzer (Brookfield Engineering) configured as provided in Table D2. The texture analysis was performed shortly after formation of the tablets. Texture parameters derived from the texture analysis are provided in Tables D3 and D4, including values for: average hardness cycle 1 (“AHC1”) given in grams; average adhesiveness (“AAd”) given in millijoules; average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity (“AF1”) given in grams; average hardness cycle 2 (“AHC2”) given in grams; average cohesiveness (“ACo”) given in millimeters; average springiness (“ASp”) given in millimeters; average gumminess (“AGu”) given in grams; and average chewiness (“ACh”) given in millijoules. Additional details relating to the foregoing parameters and texture analyzer can be found in the Operating Instructions for the CT3 Texture Analyzer (Manual No. M08-372-F1116), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to parameters measured by a specific instrument and that other instruments may be used without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
[0840] A disintegration analysis of the soft chew tablets made in accordance with the Examples provided herein was performed in accordance with U.S. Pharmacopeia General Chapter <701> Disintegration. In each instance, the disintegration analysis was performed using nine hundred milliliters (900 ml) of water at a temperature of about 37 °C (± 2 °C) and a sample size of six (6)
soft chew tablets. Table D5 provides information pertaining to the disintegration analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after the compression step. Table D5 includes values for disintegration time (“DT”) provided in minutes.
[0844] The results of a flow property analysis of the tablets are summarized in Table D7.
[0846] Table D8 provides information pertaining to the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%. Table D8 includes values for: highest known impurity percentage (“HKI %”); highest known impurity percentage (“HUI %”); and percentage of total impurity (“TI %”).
[0847]
[0848] Tabic D9 provides information pertaining to the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 60 °C and a relative humidity of 60%. Table D9 includes values for: highest known impurity percentage (“HKI %”); highest known impurity percentage
(“HUI %”); and percentage of total impurity (“TI %”).
[0850] Table D10 provides assay percentages (“Asy %”) from the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%.
[0852] Table Dll provides assay percentages (“Asy %”) from the impurity analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 60 °C and a relative humidity of 60%.
[0854] A microbiological characterization analysis of the soft chew tablets manufactured in accordance with the Examples provided herein was performed in accordance with USP general chapter <1112>. Table D12 provides information pertaining to the microbiological characterization analysis of the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein shortly after formation and after being stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%. Table D12 includes values for water content and water activity (aw).
[0856] A texture analysis was performed on the soft chew tablets formed in accordance with the corresponding Examples provided therein using a CT3 Texture Analyzer (Brookfield Engineering) configured as provided in Table D2. The texture analysis was performed after the tablets had been stored for a number of days (SD) at a temperature of 40 °C and a relative humidity of 75%. Texture parameters derived from the texture analysis are provided in Tables D13 and D 14, including values for: average hardness cycle 1 (“AHC1”) given in grams; average adhesiveness (“AAd”) given in millijoules; average fracturability with 1% load sensitivity (“AF1”) given in grams; average cohesiveness (“ACo”) given in millimeters; average springiness (“ASp”) given in millimeters; average gumminess (“AGu”) given in grams; and average chewiness (“ACh”) given in millijoules.
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
[0859] As used herein, the term “specification” refers to all pails of the written description, including the working examples, and the claims of the present patent application.
[0860] As used in this specification, the phrase “and/or,” when used in a list of two or more items, means that any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or any combination of two or more of the listed items can be employed. For example, if a composition is described as containing or excluding components A, B, and/or C, the composition can contain or exclude A alone; B alone;
C alone; A and B in combination; A and C in combination; B and C in combination; or A, B, and C in combination.
[0861] As used in this specification, the terms “comprises,” “comprising,” “includes,” “including,” “has,” “having” or any other variation thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of elements is not necessarily limited to only those elements but may include other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such process, method, article, or apparatus.
[0862] Approximating language, as used in this specification, may be applied to modify any quantitative representation that could permissibly vary without resulting in a change in the basic function to which it is related. Accordingly, a value modified by a term or terms, such as “about,” “approximately,” and “substantially” are not to be limited to the precise value specified. In at least some instances, the approximating language may correspond to the precision of an instrument for measuring the value. In this specification, range limitations may be combined and/or interchanged. Such ranges are identified and include all the sub-ranges contained therein unless the context or language indicates otherwise.
[0863] With respect to the use of substantially any plural and/or singular terms used in this specification, those having skill in the art can translate from the plural to the singular and/or from the singular to the plural as is appropriate to the context and/or application. The various singular/plural permutations may be expressly set forth herein for the sake of clarity.
[0864] In this specification, a numerical range indicated by using “to” or “to about” shows a range including numerical values written before and after “to” or “to about” as a minimum value and a maximum value, respectively. In this specification numerical ranges are used to quantify certain parameters relating to various embodiments. It should be understood that when numerical ranges are provided, such ranges are to be construed as providing literal support for claim limitations that only recite the lower value of the range as well as claim limitations that only recite the upper value of the range. For example, a disclosed numerical range of about 10 to about 100 provides literal support for a claim reciting “greater than about 10” (with no upper bounds) and a claim reciting “less than about 100” (with no lower bounds). Furthermore, in the case of all the relative or percentage amount information, particularly weight-related amount information, that this information is to be selected by a person skilled in the art, within the scope of the present invention,
in such a manner that the sum of the respective ingredients, active ingredients, additives or ancillary substances or the like always come up to 100% or 100 %w/w.
[0865] With respect to the claims below, if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such an intent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence of such recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid to understanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of the introductory phrases “at least one” and “one or more” to introduce claim recitations. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed to imply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinite articles “a” or “an” limits any particular claim containing such introduced claim recitation to embodiments containing only one such recitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases “one or more” or “at least one” and indefinite articles such as “a” or “an” (e.g., “a” and/or “an” should be interpreted to mean “at least one” or “one or more”); the same holds true for the use of definite articles used to introduce claim recitations. In addition, even if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitly recited, it should be understood that such recitation means at least the recited number (e.g., the bare recitation of “two recitations,” without other modifiers, means at least two recitations, or two or more recitations). In those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, and C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, and C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). In those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, or C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, or C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B , and C together, etc.).
[0866] In this written description, references to “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, or “embodiments” mean that the feature or features being referred to are included in at least one embodiment of the of the present invention. Separate references to “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, or “embodiments” in this written description do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment and are also not mutually exclusive unless so stated and/or except as will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the description. For example, a feature, structure, act, etc.
described in one embodiment may also be included in other embodiments, but is not necessarily included. Thus, the present invention encompasses a variety of combinations and/or integrations of the specific embodiments described in the specification and any suitable combination of the previously described embodiments may be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
[0867] This written description is to be construed as exemplary only and does not describe every possible embodiment since describing every possible embodiment would be impractical. Numerous alternative embodiments may be implemented, using either current technology or technology developed after the filing date of this patent application, which would still fall within the scope of the present invention.
[0868] The inventors hereby state their intent to rely on the Doctrine of Equivalents to determine and assess the reasonably fair scope of the present invention as pertains to anything not materially departing from but outside the literal scope of the invention as set forth herein.
[0869] Having thus described various embodiments of the invention, what is claimed as new and desired to be protected by Letters Patent includes the following:
Claims
1. A process for manufacture of a soft-chew tablet for the oral administration of at least one active ingredient comprising the steps of: preparing a plurality of wet granules comprising said at least one active ingredient, a texturing agent, and a humectant, wherein the texturing agent is selected from the group consisting of solid com syrup, dried glucose syrup, milk powder, partially hydrogenated guar gum, and maltodextrin, wherein the humectant is selected from the group consisting of maltitol syrup, com syrup, sorbitol solution, and glycerin, wherein said texturing agent being present in a concentration ranging from 6 %vil i to 50 %w/w, wherein said humectant is present in a concentration ranging from 5 %w/w to 35 %w/w; and compressing the wet granules using a tablet press, said tablet press comprising: an upper punch; a lower punch; and a die, said upper punch including a polymer upper punch tip, said lower punch including a polymer lower punch tip, wherein said tablet has a hardness of less than 2 kp when measured on a tablet hardness tester, wherein said tablet has a friability of less than one percent at one-hundred rotations when tested in accordance with USP friability test, wherein said process does not include a heating step, and wherein said tablet is formed without molding or extrusion.
2. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said upper punch tip and said lower punch tip being formed from PTFE.
3. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said upper punch tip and said lower punch tip being formed from POM.
4. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said upper punch tip and said lower punch tip being formed from cast nylon.
5. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said upper punch tip and said lower punch tip being formed from a copolymer comprising PTFE and POM.
6. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said die includes a polymer die bore insert.
7. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising a softening agent, said softening agent being present in a concentration ranging from 1.0 %w/w to 15 %w/w.
8. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising milk powder, said milk powder being present in a concentration ranging from 2 %w/w to 25 %w/w.
9. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising a taste masking agent.
10. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising a flavor agent.
11. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising a color agent.
12. The process as claimed in claim 1, said wet granules further comprising a wax, said wax being present in a concentration ranging from 0.5 %w/w to 10 %w/w.
13. The process as claimed in claim 1 , wherein said at least one active ingredient includes an active pharmaceutical ingredient.
14. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said has a weight ranging from 200 mg to 5000 mg.
15. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said tablet has a water content ranging from 2 %w/w to 15 %w/w.
16. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said wet granules are compressed with a force in a range of 0.1 kN to 4.0 kN.
17. The process as claimed in claim 16, wherein said wet granules are compressed with a force in a range of 0.1 kN to 2.0 kN.
18. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said tablet may be packaged immediately after the compression step without curing.
19. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein said tablet may be dusted immediately after the compression step without curing.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263333159P | 2022-04-21 | 2022-04-21 | |
US63/333,159 | 2022-04-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023205379A1 true WO2023205379A1 (en) | 2023-10-26 |
Family
ID=88420570
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/019340 WO2023205379A1 (en) | 2022-04-21 | 2023-04-21 | Tablet press compression tooling assembly for the formation of soft-chew tablets and related methods |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2023205379A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1328499A (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2001-12-26 | 汉高两合股份公司 | Pressing tool having anti-adherent properties |
US20020004472A1 (en) * | 1999-12-17 | 2002-01-10 | Thomas Holderbaum | Compression process for multiphase tablets |
US20070009561A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2007-01-11 | Thomas Holderbaum | Tablets resistant to shock loads |
WO2009023544A2 (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2009-02-19 | Ilypsa, Inc. | Dosage unit anion-exchange polymer pharmaceutical compositions |
US20200297643A1 (en) * | 2015-12-19 | 2020-09-24 | First Time Us Generics Llc | Soft Chew Pharmaceutical Formulations |
-
2023
- 2023-04-21 WO PCT/US2023/019340 patent/WO2023205379A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1328499A (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2001-12-26 | 汉高两合股份公司 | Pressing tool having anti-adherent properties |
US20020004472A1 (en) * | 1999-12-17 | 2002-01-10 | Thomas Holderbaum | Compression process for multiphase tablets |
US20070009561A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2007-01-11 | Thomas Holderbaum | Tablets resistant to shock loads |
WO2009023544A2 (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2009-02-19 | Ilypsa, Inc. | Dosage unit anion-exchange polymer pharmaceutical compositions |
US20200297643A1 (en) * | 2015-12-19 | 2020-09-24 | First Time Us Generics Llc | Soft Chew Pharmaceutical Formulations |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10117831B2 (en) | Soft chew pharmaceutical formulations | |
KR100725833B1 (en) | Polymer based rapidly dissolving tablets and production processes thereof | |
US7815937B2 (en) | Quick dissolve compositions and tablets based thereon | |
CN100379407C (en) | Process for manufacturing bite-dispersion tablets | |
US9089490B2 (en) | Orally disintegrating tablets and methods of manufacture | |
EP2076250B1 (en) | Co-processed microcrystalline cellulose and sugar alcohol as an excipient for tablet formulations | |
JP4853695B2 (en) | Controlled release tablets of water-soluble and other active substances and methods thereof | |
US20020150617A1 (en) | Method of making tablets and tablet compositions produced therefrom | |
JP5623275B2 (en) | Directly tabletable dextrose | |
WO2010122358A2 (en) | Chewable oral delivery system | |
Nandy et al. | An overview on fast dissolving drug delivery system | |
US20120082729A1 (en) | Quick dissolve compositions and tablets based thereon | |
US11633361B2 (en) | Soft chew pharmaceutical formulations | |
US20220409547A1 (en) | Soft-Chew Tablet Pharmaceutical Formulations | |
WO2023205379A1 (en) | Tablet press compression tooling assembly for the formation of soft-chew tablets and related methods | |
US20130072578A1 (en) | Orodispersible tablets of erythritol and isomalt | |
JP7250305B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition containing memantine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and method for producing the same | |
KR20110007065A (en) | Orally disintegrating tablet and manufacturing method of the same | |
JP2020094022A (en) | Excipient granules, tablet and method for producing tablet | |
US11925707B2 (en) | Co-processed lubricant:MCG for tablets | |
JP2020094023A (en) | Excipient granules, tablet and method for producing tablet |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23792560 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |